m 


t  ■ 


(11     Till 


University  of  California. 

<  •.  1 1  ■•  r  < )  1  ■■ 
Accession  No.  Sy  {]/  ^      ■    CLiss  No.     \^\f) 


\ 


THE  WHITNEY  MEMORIAL  MEETING. 


^i^i.^I^l—I — 1 


€l)e  aiU)itncr  jHcmonal  iHcettng. 


A    REPORT 

OF    THAT    SESSION    OF 

THE   FIRST  AMERICAN   CONGRESS   OF 
PHILOLOGISTS, 

WHICH    WAS     DEVOTKD     TO     THE     MEMORY    OF 
THE     LATE     PROFESSOR 

AVILLIAM  DWIGHT  WHITNEY, 

©f  gale  5Snibcvsitg ; 
Held  at  Philadelphia,  Dec.  28,  1894. 


EDITED  FOR   THE  JOINT  COMMITTEES   OF  PUBLICATION, 
By  CHARLES   R.  LANMAN. 


BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED   FOR   THE    CONGRESS. 

GINN  AND  COMPANY. 

1897. 


SEnibrrsitg  IDrrss : 
John  Wilson  and  Son,  Cami;riuge,  U.S.A. 


G(jot<i 


Committee  of  |3iibltcat{on  of  Hje  ^mcricnn  (Pn'cntal  Societg ; 


C.   R.  Lanmax,  Vorresjjondmy  iiecrttary. 

M.  Bloomfield. 

I.  H.  Hall. 

Paul  Haupt. 

E.  W.  Hopkins. 

G.  F.  MoouE. 


Committee  of  Pufelfeation  for  t|}e  American  i^I)floIogfcal  ^Issoctation ; 

Herbert  Weir  Smyth,  Secretary. 
B.  L.  Gildersleeve. 
JoHX  H.  Wright. 


Committee  of  Piifilicatton  for  tfje  f^lotiern  language  Issociatton 
of  ^mcri'ea : 

James  W.  Bright,  Secretary. 
A.  M.  Elliott. 
Henry  A.  Todd. 


CONTENTS. 


Portrait  of  Professor  Whitxey Frontispiece 

Prefatory  Sketch  of  the  History  and  Character  of  the 

First  American  Congress  of  Philologists  and  of  the  page 

Whitney^  Memorial  Meeting 1 

The  Reading  from  the  Letters  of  Foreign  Scholars  con- 
cerning Professor  Whitney  (See  Appetidix  /.)....  6 

Memorial  Address,  by  Professor  Lanman 7 

Whitney's  Influence  on  the  Study  of  Modern  Languages 

AND  ON  Lexicography,  by  Professor  March       ....  29 
Whitney's   Lnfluence   on   Classical   Philologists,  by   Pro- 
fessor Perrin 37 

Whitney's  Personality,  by  Professor  jNIanatt 43 

Address,  by  Dr.  William  Hay'es  Ward 47 

Concluding  Address,  by  President  Gilman 57 

Appendix  L:   Original  Text  of  the  Letters  from  Foreign 

Scholars  concerning  Professor  Whitney G7 

1.  A.'scoli,  of  Milan  ;  2.  Earth,  of  Paris  ;  3.  von  Boehtlingk,  of  Leipsic ; 
4.  von  Bradke,  of  Giessen ;  5.  B real,  of  Paris;  6.  Brugmann,  of  Leip.'sic ; 
7.  Buehler,  of  "Vienna;  8.  Cowell,  of  Cambridge;  9.  Delbrueck,  of  Jena; 
10.  Garbe,  of  Kiinig-sberg ;  11.  Henrv,  of  Paris;  12.  Hillebrandt,  of  Bres- 
lau  ;  13.  Jollv,  of  Wiirzburg;  14.  Kern,  of  Leiden  ;  15.  Leskien,  of  Leipsic; 
16.  Liulwig,  of  Prague;  17.  Priedrich  Miiller,  of  Vienna;  18.  Oldenberg, 
of  Kiel;  19.  Pischel,  of  Halle;  20.  Rost,  of  London;  21.  von  Both,  of 
Tubingen;   22.  Senart,  of  Paris;   23.  AVindisch,  of  Leipsic. 


viii  CONTENTS. 


PAOE 


AlTENDIX    II.:     DkTAII.KD    PltOtatAM    OK   TIIK    ExEHCISES   OF  TUE 

Joint  and  of  the  Special  Sessions  ok  the  Fiust  Amkk- 

ican  coxgiless  of  philologists 107 

Ari'ENUix  111.:  Chronological  UiBLioGUAi'HY  ui  Tin:  Whitings 

OF  Pkofessok  William  Dwigiit  AVhitney r21 

Appendix  IV. :  List  of  someBiogkaphical,  Neckological,  and 

OTiiEK  Publications  concehnin(;  Pkofessok  Whitney  .  151 
Appendix    X.  :    Titles    of    several   Books    concerning    the 

Pamily  and  Kindred  of  Professor  Whitney     ....     155 


PREFATORY  SKETCH 

OF     THE 

HISTORY  AND    CHARACTER    OF    THE    FIRST    AMERICA]!? 

CONGRESS  OF   PHILOLOGISTS    AND   OF  THE 

WHITNEY   iMEMORIAL   MEETING. 


TIJ^OR  many  years  the  various  American  societies  that 
have  for  their  ol^ject  the  promotion  of  philological 
science  in  its  several  aspects  have  held  their  stated 
meetings  separately,  at  different  times  of  the  year  and 
in  different  places.  The  project  of  uniting  them  in  a 
joint  convention,  with  general  and  special  sessions,  had 
doubtless  often  suggested  itself  to  many,  and  had  been 
the  suljject  of  more  or  less  discussion  and  effort  in  pri- 
vate and  in  pul^lic.  Such  discussions,  however,  were 
without  palpable  result,  until,  in  March,  1894,  upon  the 
vigorous  initiative  of  Talcott  Williams,  Esq.,  of 
Philadelphia,  new  efforts  were  made,  and,  thanks  in 
largest  measure  to  his  persistence,  were  pushed  to  a 
successful  conclusion.^ 

The  death,  on  the  7th  of  June,  1894,  of  Professor 
\yiLLiAM  DwiGHT  WniTNEY  —  for  morc  than  a  quarter 
of  a  century  the  leading  figure  in  American  philology 
—  at  once    awakened    in    his    friends    and    pupils    a 

1  See  "Journal  of  the  American  Oriental  Society,"  vol.  15,  p.  cxliv, 
and  vol.  16,  pp.  v  and  Iv;  also  "Transactions  of  the  American  Philo- 
logical Association,"  vol.  25,  pp.  xxv  and  xxvi. 


2  THE   WIITTXEY   MEMORIAL   IMEETIXG. 

desire  fitly  to  commemorate  his  distinguislied  services. 
It  was  suggested  tliat  the  principal  session  of  the  joint 
convention,  the  arrangements  for  which  were  already 
well  under  way,  should  be  made  a  memorial  meethig, 
and  be  devoted  to  the  expression,  on  the  part  of  his 
colleagues  and  friends,  of  their  appreciation  of  the  char- 
acter and  public  services  of  Mr.  Whitney.  This  sug- 
gestion met  with  a  quick,  general,  and  cordial  response. 
The  arrangements  were  brought  to  a  speedy  conclusion  ; 
and  the  Philadelpliia  Congress  of  American  Philologists 
of  December,  1894,  at  which  more  than  two  hundred 
scholars  were  assembled,  was  the  result. 

In  the  organization  of  this  Congress,  the  initiative 
was  taken  by  the  American  Oriental  Society  and  by  the 
American  Philological  Association,  —  the  two  oldest  of 
the  societies  concerned,  and  the  two  with  which  Professor 
Whitney  had  been  more  intimately  connected.  To  each 
of  the  other  leading  American  societies  of  kindred  aims, 
an  invitation  was  issued  to  hold  a  meetinsr  in  Philadel- 
phia  during  the  Christmas  holidays  in  conjunction  with 
the  other  societies  named.  The  invitations  were  duly 
accepted,  and  the  following  societies  assembled  in  joint 
and  special  sessions  on  December  27,  28,  and  29,  at  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  :  — 

The  American  Oriental  Society,  organized  1842. 

The  American  Philological  Association,  organized  1869. 

The  Spelling  Reform  Association,  organized  1876. 

The  Archaeological  Institute  of  America,  organized  1879. 

The  Society  of  Biblical  Literature  and  Exegesis,  organized 

1880. 
The  Modern  Language  Association   of  America,  organized 

1883. 
The  American  Dialect  Society,  orgranized  1889. 


niEFATOKY   SKKrCIT.  3 

The  details  of  the  arrangements  for  the  Philadeli^iia 
meeting  were  intrusted  to  a  Committee  composed  of 
deleg-ates  from  the  several  societies  concerned.  The 
Committee  met  in  October,  and  agreed  that  wliile 
there  should  be  three  general  or  joint  sessions  of  the 
societies,  the  last  of  these  sessions  should  be  exclusively 
devoted  to  the  memory  of  Professor  Whitney. 

The  present  volume  is  intended  to  be  a  full  report 
of  this  Whitney  Memorial  Meeting,  which  was  held  in 
the  Library  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  on 
Friday  evening,  December  28, 1894.  The  presiding  offi- 
cer was  President  Daniel  C.  Oilman,  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  President  of  the  American  Oriental 
Society. 

The  meeting  began  with  the  reading,  by  Professor 
David  G.  Lyon,  of  extracts  from  letters  relating  to  Pro- 
fessor Whitney,  which  had  been  received  from  various 
foreign  scholars. 

The  memorial  address,  by  Professor  Charles  R. 
Lanman,  then  followed. 

Professor  Francis  A.  March,  on  behalf  of  the 
Modern  Language  Association  of  America,  then  made 
an  address  on  "  Whitney's  Lifluence  on  the  Study  of 
Modern  Languages  and  on  Lexicography ; "  and  Pro- 
fessor Bernadotte  Perrin,  one  on  "Whitney's  In- 
fluence on  Classical  Philologists."  Mr.  Perrin  was 
followed  in  turn  by  Professor  J.  Irving  Manatt  and 
Rev.  Dr.  William  Hayes  Ward  ;  and,  in  conclusion, 
by  President  Oilman. 

Since  the  whole  convention  or  congress  of  societies 
was  itself  of  the  nature  of  a  tribute  to  the  memory  and 


4  THE   WIIITXKY   .MEMORIAL   MEETING. 

services  of  Professor  Whitney,  and  since  many  of  its 
contributions  to  philological  learning  were  in  no  small 
measure  the  fruit  of  his  activity,  it  has  seemed  proper 
to  include  in  this  volume  not  only  a  complete  report  of 
the  exercises  of  the  Memorial  Meeting,  but  also  at  least 
the  programs  of  the  various  sessions,  both  joint  and 
special,  of  the  different  societies,  as  they  were  finally 
carried  out :  these  programs  are  accordingly  given  in 
Appendix  II.,  pages  107-119.  For  the  detailed  reports  of 
the  proceedings  of  these  meetings,  the  official  publica- 
tions of  the  several  societies  may  be  consulted.  The 
list  of  Professor  Whitney's  writings  (Appendix  III.)  is 
of  scientific  value,  as  well  as  of  historical  interest. 
Finally,  to  those  who  care  for  the  history  of  philology 
in  America,  and  who  were  friends  of  Mr.  Whitney, 
the  brief  bibliographical  notes  concerning  his  life  (x\p- 
pendixIV.)  and  his  family  (Appendix  V.)  can  hardly 
fail  to  be  acceptable. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF    THE 


WHITNEY    MEMORIAL    MEETING. 


THE   READING 


FKOM    THE 


LETTERS   OF   FOREIGN  SCHOLARS  CO^X'ERNING 
PROFESSOR   WHITNEY. 


A  LARGE  and  distinguished  assembly  having  met  at 
eight  o'cloclv  in  the  University  Libran',  President 
GiLMAX  took  the  chair.  The  exercises  began  with  tlie 
reading  by  Professor  Lyox,  in  tlie  original  English  or 
in  English  translation,  of  extracts  from  letters  concern- 
incr  Professor  Wiiitxey  which  had  l)een  received  from 

o 

various  foreign  scholars.      The  original   text  of   these 
letters  is  given  below  in  full,  pages  67  to  105. 


MEMORIAL   ADDRESS» 

By   FKOFESSOK   CHARLES   ROCKWELL   LANMAN, 

O/Uarmrd  University,  Cambridtje,  ^fassachusells. 

Ladies  axd  Gentlemen,  —  There  are  some  among 
us  who  can  remember  the  time  when  "  a  certain  con- 
descension in  foreigners  "  easily  gave  ns  pain.  There 
was  little  achievement  behind  us  as  a  people  to  awaken 
us  to  national  self-consciousness  and  to  a  realiziner  sense 
of  our  own  great  possibilities.  Time  is  changing  all 
that.  The  men  have  come,  and  some,  alas !  are  already 
gone,  of  whose  achievements  we  may  well  be  j^roud 
wherever  we  are.  In  the  battles  for  the  conquests  of 
truth  there  are  no  distinctions  of  race.  It  needs  no 
international  congress  to  tell  us  that  we  belong  to  one 
great  army.  But  to-night  —  as  the  very  titles  of  these 
gathered  societies  show  —  Science  has  marshalled  us, 
her  fifties  and  her  hundreds,  as  Americans.  AYe  look 
for  the  centurion,  for  the  captain  of  the  fifties ;  and  he 
is  no  more  !  And  we  call,  as  did  David,  lamenting  for 
Abner,  "  Know  ye  not  that  there  is  a  prince  and  a 
great  man  fallen  this  day  in  Israel,"  yea,  and  like 
Jonathan,  "  in  the  midst  of  the  battle  ?  " 

It  is  in  the  spirit  of  generous  laudation  that  we  are 
assembled  to  do  honor  to  our  illustrious  countryman. 
And  it  is  well.  AYe  may  praise  him  now;  for  he  is 
gone.  But  I  cannot  help  thinking  of  a  touching  legend 
of  the  Buddha.     Nigh  fifty  years  he  has  wandered  up 


8  THE    WIIITXEY   MEMOniAL   .MEETING. 

and  down  in  Ganges-land,  teaching  and  preaching. 
And  now  he  is  about  to  die.  Flowers  fall  from  the 
sky  and  heavenly  quires  are  heard  to  sing  his  praise. 
"But  not  by  all  this,"  he  answers, —  "  Imt  not  by  all 
this,  0  Ananda,  is  the  Teacher  honored ;  Ijut  the  disciple 
who  shall  fulfil  all  the  greater  and  lesser  duties,  —  by 
him  is  the  Teacher  honored."  It  is  fitting,  then,  that 
we  pause,  not  merely  to  praise  the  departed,  but  also  to 
consider  the  significance  of  a  noble  life,  and  the  duties 
and  responsibilities  which  so  great  an  example  urges 
upon  us,  —  in  short,  the  lesson  of  a  life  of  service. 

It  would  be  vain  to  endeavor,  within  the  narrow 
limits  which  the  present  occasion  imposes,  to  rehearse 
or  to  characterize  with  any  completeness  the  achieve- 
ments that  make  up  this  remarkal^le  life.  j\Iany  ac- 
counts ^  of  it  have  been  given  of  late  in  the  public  prints. 
Permit  me  rather  to  lay  before  you,  by  way  of  selection 
merely,  a  few  facts  concerning  Mr.  Whitney  which  may 
serve  to  illustrate  certain  essential  features  of  his  char- 
acter and  fundamental  motives  of  his  life. 

And  indubitably  first  in  importance  no  less  than  in 
natural  order  is  the  great  fact  of  his  heredity.  William 
Dwight  Whitney  was  born,  in  1827,  at  Northampton, 
Massachusetts,  and  in  his  veins  flowed  the  best  blood  of 
a  typical  New  England  community,  of  the  Dwights  and 
the  Hawleys,  —  heroes  of  the  heroic  age  of  Hampshire. 
His  stock  was  remarkable  for  sturdy  vigor,  both  of  body 
and  of  intellect,  and  was  in  fact  that  genuine  aris- 
tocracy which,  if  it  be  true  to  its  traditions,  will  remain 

1  j\Iost  notable  among  them  is  the  one  by  Professor  Seymour  of  Yale, 
in  the  "  American  Journal  of  Philology,"  vol.  15. 


MEMORIAL   ADDRESS.  9 

—  as  for  generations  it  has  been  —  one  of  the  prime 
gnarantees  of  the  permanence  of  democracy  in  America. 
Few  places  in  this  hind  have  produced  a  proportionately 
greater  number  of  distinguished  people  than  has  North- 
ampton. Social  advantages  were  thus  added  to  those 
of  birth,  and  to  all  these  in  turn  the  advantages  of 
dwelling  in  a  region  of  great  natural  beauty. 

It  was  in  William  Whitney's  early  infancy  that  his 
father  moved  into  a  dwelling  built  on  the  precise  site  of 
the  Jonathan  Edwards  house.  This  dwelling  was  the 
second  in  a  row  of  six  neighboring  houses,  all  of  which 
could  boast  of  more  or  less  notable  occuj)ants.  In  the 
first  lived  Dr.  Seeger,  who  was  educated  at  the  same 
school  and  time  as  Schiller,  at  "  the  Solitude."  Beyond 
the  Whitneys'  was  the  house  in  which  lived  Lewis  S. 
Hopkins,  the  father  of  Edward  W.  Hopkins,  the  San- 
skrit scholar  of  Bryn  Mawr.  The  fourth  was  the  orig- 
inal homestead  of  the  Timothy  Dwights,  in  which  the 
first  Yale  President  of  that  name,  and  Theodore,  the 
Secretary  of  the  Hartford  Convention  and  founder  of 
the  New  York  "  Daily  Advertiser,"  were  born,  both 
grandsons  of  Jonathan  Edwards.  The  adjoining  place 
was  the  home  of  the  elder  Sylvester  Judd,  and  of  his 
son  Sylvester,  the  author  of  "  Margaret ;  "  and  the  sixth 
house  was  occupied  by  the  Italian  political  exile,  Ghe- 
rardi,  and  later  by  Dr.  William  Allen,  ex-President  of 
Bowdoin  Colles^e. 

Whitney  was  a  mere  boy  of  fifteen  when  he  entered 
Williams  College  as  a  sophomore.  Three  years  later 
(in  1845)  he  had  easily  outstripped  all  his  classmates 
and  graduated  with  the  highest  honors ;  and  with  all 


10  THE   WIIITXEY   .MEM(niIAL   MEETING. 

that,  he  found  ample  time  to  range  the  wooded  hills  of 
Berkshire,  collecting  birds,  which  he  himself  set  up  for 
the  Natural  History  Society.  The  next  three  or  four 
years  were  spent  by  him  as  clerk  in  the  Northampton 
Bank,  with  accounts  for  his  work,  German  and  Swedish 
for  his  studies,  ornithology  and  botany  for  his  recrea- 
tions, and  music  for  his  delight,  —  unless  one  should 
rather  say  that  all  was  his  delight.  These  oft-men- 
tioned studies  in  natural  history  I  should  not  linger 
over,  save  that  their  deep  significance  has  hardly  l^een 
adverted  upon  in  public.  They  mean  that,  even  at  this 
early  age,  Whitney  showed  the  stuff  which  distinguishes 
the  genuine  man  of  science  from  the  jobbers  and  jDcd- 
lers  of  learning.  They  mean  that,  with  him,  the  gift 
of  independent  and  accurate  observation  was  inborn,  and 
that  the  habit  of  unprejudiced  reflection  uj)on  what  he 
himself  saw  was  easily  acquired. 

This  brings  us  to  a  critical  period  in  the  determina- 
tion of  his  career.  In  the  encyclopedias,  Whitney  is 
catalogued  as  a  famous  Indianist,  and  so  indeed  he  was. 
But  it  was  not  because  he  was  an  Indianist  that  he  was 
famous.  Had  he  devoted  his  life  to  the  physical  or 
natural  sciences,  he  would  doubtless  have  attained  to 
equal,  if  not  greater  eminence.  Truly,  it  is  not  the 
lohaty  but  the  how !  That  he  did  devote  himself  to  Indol- 
ogy  appears  to  be  due  to  several  facts  which  were  in 
themselves  and  in  their  concomitance  accidental.  First, 
his  elder  brother,  Josiah,  now  the  distinguished  pro- 
fessor of  geology  in  Harvard  University,  on  his  return 
from  Europe  in  184V,  had  brought  with  him  l)ooks  in 
and  on  many  languages,  and  among  them  a  copy  of  the 


MEMORIAL   ADDRESS.  11 

second  edition  of  Bopp's  Sanskrit  Grammar.  Second, 
it  chanced  that  the  Rev.  George  E.  Day,  a  college-mate 
at  Yale  of  Professor  Salisbury,  was  Whitney's  pastor. 
And  third,  he  met  with  Eduard  Desor. 

There  is  in  possession  of  Professor  Whitney  of  Har- 
vard a  well-worn  volume  of  his  father's  called  the  Family 
Fact-book.  It  is,  I  am  sure,  no  breach  of  confidence  if 
I  say,  in  passing,  that  this  book,  with  its  varied  entries 
in  all  varied  moods  and  by  divers  gifted  hands,  is  the 
reflex  of  a  most  remarkable  family  life  and  feeling.  In 
it,  among  many  other  things,  are  brief  autobiographic 
annals  of  the  early  life  of  William  Whitney,  and  in  its 
proper  place  the  following  simple  entry :  "  In  the  win- 
ter of  1848-49  commenced  the  study  of  Sanskrit,  en- 
couraged to  it  by  Rev.  George  E.  Day.  In  June,  1849, 
went  out  with  Josiah  to  Lake  Superior  as  '  assistant  sub- 
agent  '  on  the  Geological  Survey."  To  William  Whitney 
were  intrusted  the  botany,  the  barometrical  observa- 
tions, and  the  accounts.  And  although  the  ornithology 
was  not  formally  intrusted  to  him,  there  is  abundant 
evidence  that  he  was  habitually  on  the  look-out  for  the 
birds,  with  keen  eye  and  with  attentive  ear.  He  must, 
already,  in  the  spring,  have  made  substantial  progress 
by  himself  in  Sanskrit ;  for  his  article  (almost  the  first 
that  he  pulDlished)  entitled  "  On  the  Sanskrit  Language," 
a  translation  and  abridgment  of  von  Bohlen,  appeared 
in  the  Augnist  number  of  the  "Bibliotheca  Sacra"  for 
1849,  and  must  therefore  have  been  finished  before  he 
left  home.  With  him,  accordingly,  he  took  his  brother's 
copy  of  Bopp. 

Besides  the  two  brothers,  there  was  a  third  man-of- 


12  TIIK    WIIITXKY   MOIUKIAL   MEETING. 

power  in  the  little  company  that  spent  the  suninier 
among  the  swamps  and  mosquitoes  of  the  great  copper 
region.  That  man  w^as  Eduartl  Desor,  already  a  yoimg 
naturalist  of  distinction,  and  afterward  famous  both  in 
science  and  in  puljlic  life  in  Switzerland.  He  had  come 
only  a  short  time  Ijefore,  w^ith  Agassiz,  and  as  his  friend 
and  intimate  associate  in  scientific  undertakings,  from 
Neufchatel  to  Cambridge.  He  was  by  nature  full  of 
the  purest  love  for  science ;  and  that  love  had  been 
quickened  to  ardent  enthusiasm  by  his  own  w^ork,  and 
by  his  intercourse  Avith  other  bright  minds  and  eager 
workers  wdiom  he  had  known  in  Paris  and  Neufchatel 
and  in  the  Swiss  glacier-camps  of  Agassiz.  Small  won- 
der if  the  intimate  relations  of  that  summer's  camp-life 
in  common  gave  opportunity  for  potent  influence  of  the 
brilliant  young  Huguenot  upon  the  brilliant  young  Puri- 
tan. It  is  to  Desor,  and  to  his  words  and  example,  that 
my  Cambridge  colleague  attributes  in  large  measure  his 
brother's  determination  to  devote  himself  to  a  life  of 
science  rather  than  to  business  or  to  one  of  the  learned 
professions.  That  the  chosen  department  w^as  Sanskrit 
may  be  ascribed  in  part  to  the  accident  of  the  books 
thrown  in  his  way  ;  in  part  to  the  interest  of  the  lan- 
guage and  antiquities  of  India,  intrinsically  and  as 
related  to  our  owm ;  and  in  part  to  the  undeniable  fas- 
cination which  the  cultivation  of  the  virgin  soil  of  an 
almost  untrodden  field  has  for  a  mind  of  mmsual  energy, 
vigor,  and  originality. 

William  Whitney  has  left  a  full  an<l  interesting  jour- 
nal of  this  summer.  Tuesday,  July  24,  wdiile  w^aiting 
for  the  uncertain  propeller  to  come  and   rescue  them 


iMEMORIAL   ADDRESS.  13 

from  the  liorriljle  insect  pests,  he  writes  from  CojDper 
Harbor  :  "  For  my  part,  I  intend  attacking  Sanskrit 
grammar  to-morrow."  And  then,  on  ^yednesday  :  "  I 
liave,  after  all,  managed  to  get  thro  the  day  without 
having  recourse  to  the  Sanskrit,  but  it  has  been  a  nar- 
row escape."  And  live  weeks  later,  from  Carp  River : 
''  Another  day  of  almost  hiaction,  most  intolerable  and 
difficult  to  be  borne.  How  often  have  I  longed  for  that 
Sanskrit  grammar  which  I  so  foolishly  sent  down  ])efore 
me  to  the  Sault !  " 

The  autumn  of  1849,  accordingly,  found  him  at  New 
Haven,  and  in  company  with  Professor  Hadley,  study- 
ing under  Edward  Ell^ridge  Salisbury,  the  Professor  of 
the  Arabic  and  Sanskrit  Languages  and  Literature.  The 
veteran  Indologist  of  Berlin,  Professor  Welder,  has  said 
that  he  and  Professor  Roth  account  it  as  one  of  their 
fairest  honors  that  they  had  Whitney  as  a  pupil.  To 
have  had  both  a  Whitney  and  a  Hadley  at  once  is  surely 
an  honor  that  no  American  teacher  in  the  departments 
here  represented  this  evening  can  match.  In  a  man 
whose  soul  was  beclouded  with  the  slightest  mist  of  false 
pretension  or  of  selfishness,  we  may  well  imagine  that 
the  progress  of  such  pupils  might  easily  have  occasioned 
a  pang  of  jealousy.  But  Mr.  Salisbury's  judgment  upon 
them  illuminates  his  own  character  no  less  than  that  of 
his  pupils  wlien  he  says,  "■  Their  quickness  of  jDcrception 
and  unerring  exactness  of  acquisition  soon  made  it 
evident  that  the  teacher  and  the  taught  must  change 
places." 

We  have  come  to  the  transition  period  of  Whitney's 
life.     He  is  still  a  pupil,  but  already  also  an  incipient 


14  THE   WHITNEY   ^U:,MORIAL  MEETING. 

master.  "  1850,  Sept.  20.  Sailed  for  Germany  in  the 
steamer  Wasliington.  S2)ent  three  winters  in  Berlin, 
studying  especially  Avith  Dr.  Weber,  and  two  summers 
in  Tubingen,  Wlirtemberg,  with  Professor  Roth."  Thus 
runs  the  entry  in  the  Fact-book.  A  few  lines  later  we 
read  :  "  Leaving  Berlin  in  April,  1853,  stayed  six  weeks 
in  Paris,  three  in  Oxford,  and  seven  in  London  (collat- 
ing Sanskrit  manuscripts),  and  then  returned  in  the 
steamer  Niagara,  arriving  in  Boston  Aug.  5."  Such 
is  the  modest  record  that  covers  the  three  momen- 
tous years  of  the  beginning  of  a  splendid  scientific 
career.  For  in  this  brief  space  he  had  not  only  laid 
broad  and  deep  foundations,  by  studies  in  Persian, 
Arabic,  Egyptian,  and  Coptic,  but  had  also  done  a  large 
part  of  the  preliminary  work  for  the  edition  of  the 
Atharva-Veda,  —  as  witness  the  volumes  on  the  table 
before  you,  which  contain  his  Berlin  copy  of  that  Veda 
and  his  Paris,  Oxford,  and  London  collations. 

Meantime,  however,  at  Yale,  his  honored  teacher  and 
faithful  friend.  Professor  Salisbury,  "  with  true  and  self- 
forgetting  zeal  for  the  progress  of  Oriental  studies " 
(these  are  Mr.  Whitney's  own  words),  had  been  dili- 
gently preparing  the  way  for  him ;  negotiating  with 
the  corporation  for  the  establishment  of  a  chair  of  San- 
skrit, surrendering  pro  tanto  his  o"wn  office,  and  pro\4d- 
ing  for  the  endowment  of  the  new  cathedra ;  leaving,  in 
short,  no  stone  untiu'ned  to  insure  the  fruitful  activity 
of  his  young  colleague.  Nor  did  hope  wait  long  upon 
fulfilment ;  for  in  1856,  only  a  trifle  more  than  two 
years  from  his  induction,  Whitney  had,  as  joint  editor 
with  Professor  Roth,  achieved  a  most  distinguished  ser- 


MEMORIAL   ADDRESS.  15 

vice  for  science  by  the  issue  of  the  editio  princejjs  of  the 
Atharva-Veda,  and  that  before  he  was  thirty. 

In  September,  186 9,  —  that  is  to  say,  in  the  very 
month  in  which  began  the  first  college  year  of  Presi- 
dent Eliot's  administration,  —  Whitney  was  called  to 
Harvard.  It  reflects  no  less  credit  upon  Mr.  Eliot's 
discernment  of  character  and  attainments  than  upon 
Mr.  Whitney's  surj^assing  gifts  that  the  youthful  presi- 
dent should  turn  to  him,  among  the  very  first,  for  aid 
in  helping  to  begin  the  great  work  of  transforming  the 
provincial  college  into  a  national  university.  The  pros- 
pect of  losing  such  a  man  was  matter  of  gravest  con- 
cernment to  all  Yale  College,  and  in  particular  to  her 
faithful  benefactor,  Professor  Salisbury.  Within  a  week 
the  latter  had  provided  for  the  endowment  of  Mr.  Whit- 
ney's chair  upon  the  ampler  scale  made  necessary  by  the 
change  of  the  times ;  and  the  considerations  which 
made  against  the  transplanting  of  the  deeply  rooted  tree 
had,  unhappily  for  Harvard,  their  chance  to  prevail,  and 
Whitney  remained  at  New  Haven. 

It  was  during  his  studies  under  Mr.  Salisbury,  in  May, 
I8o0,  that  he  was  elected  a  member  of  the  American 
Oriental  Society.  Mr.  Salisbury  was  the  life  and  soul  of 
the  Society,  and,  thanks  to  his  learning,  his  energy,  and 
his  munificence,  the  organization  had  already  attained 
to  "standing  and  credit  in  the  world  of  scholars."  Like 
him,  Mr.  Whitney  was  a  steadfast  believer  in  the  obli- 
gation of  which  the  very  existence  of  these  assembled 
societies  is  an  acknowledgment,  —  the  obligation  of  pro- 
fessional men  to  help  in  "  co-operative  action  in  behalf 
of  literary  and  scientific  progress ; "  and,  more  than 
that,  to  do  so  at  real  personal  sacrifice. 


16  TlIK    WIIITXKY   MEMORIAL   .MEETiXG. 

The  first  meeting  at  which  Mr.  Whitney  was  present 
was  held  Octol)er  20,  1853.  More  than  thirty-tliree 
years  passed,  and  he  Avrote  from  the  sick-room :  "  It  is 
the  first  time  in  thirty-two  years  that  I  have  been  alDsent 
from  a  meeting  of  the  American  Oriental  Society, 
except  when  out  of  the  country."  His  first  communi- 
cation to  the  Society  was  read  by  Mr.  Salisbury,  October 
13, 1852  ;  and  his  last,  in  March,  1894,  at  the  last  meet- 
ing before  his  death.  Of  the  seven  volumes,  vi.-xii.,  of 
the  Society's  Journal,  more  than  half  of  the  contents 
arc  from  his  pen,  to  say  nothing  of  his  numerous  and 
imj)ortant  papers  in  the  Proceedings.  In  1857,  the  most 
onerous  office  of  the  Society,  that  of  Corresponding  Sec- 
retary, which  from  the  beginning  carried  with  it  the  duty 
of  editing  the  publications,  was  devolved  uj^on  him ;  and 
he  bore  its  burdens  for  twenty-seven  years.  Add  to  this 
eighteen  years  as  Librarian  and  six  as  President,  and  ^\'e 
have  an  aggregate  of  fifty-one  years  of  official  service. 
The  American  Philological  Association,  too,  is  under 
deep  obligation  to  Whitney.  He  was  one  of  its  found- 
ers, and,  very  fittingly,  its  first  president.  For  many 
years  he  was  one  of  the  most  constant  attendants  at 
its  meetings,  a  valued  counsellor,  and  one  of  its  most 
faithful  helpers  and  contrilnitors. 

Some  might  think  it  a  matter  of  little  importance, 
but  it  is  certainly  a  significant  one,  that,  after  paying 
his  Oriental  Society  assessments  for  about  thirty-five 
years,  at  last,  and  when  facing  mortal  illness,  he  paid 
over  the  considerable  sum  required  to  make  himself 
a  life  member.  A  little  later,  —  for  the  candle  still 
burned,  —  and  with  strictest  injunction  of  secrecy  dur- 
ing his  lifetime,  he  sent  to  the  Treasurer  his  check  for 


MEMORIAL   ADDKKSS.  17 

a  thousand  dollars  of  his  modest  savings,  to  help  to- 
ward defraying  the  Society's  expenses  of  publication, 
and  in  the  hope  that  it  might  serve  as  a  "  suggestion 
and  encouragement  to  others  to  do  likewise." 

Added  to  all  this  was  his  service  in  keeping  up  the 
very  high  scientific  standard  of  the  Society's  publica- 
tions. The  work  of  judging  and  selecting  required 
wide  knowledge,  and  the  making  of  abstracts  much 
labor;  while  the  revision  or  recasting  of  the  papers  of 
tyros  unskilled  in  writing  demanded  endless  pains- 
taking, not  always  met  l)y  gratitude  and  docility.  All 
this  cost  him  a  lavish  bestowal  of  time,  of  which  hardly 
any  one  in  the  Society  knew,  and  that  for  the  reason 
that  he  took  no  steps  to  have  them  know.  So  exem- 
plary was  his  freedom  from  self-seeking  in  all  his  rela- 
tions with  the  Society. 

The  rehearsal  of  the  titles  of  ^Ir.  Whitney's  books 
and  treatises  would  give  to  this  address  too  much  the 
character  of  a  Ijibliographical  essay;  and,  Ijesides,  it 
would  merely  tend  to  impress  hearers  who  are  accus- 
tomed to  count  volumes  rather  than  to  weigh  them. 
His  distinguishing  qualities,  as  reflected  in  his  work, 
are  everywhere  so  palpalDle  that  it  is  not  hard  to 
descrilje  them.  Perhaps  the  most  striking  and  per- 
vading one  is  that  which  Professor  Lounsbury  calls  his 
"  thorough  intellectual  sanity."  In  reading  his  argu- 
ments, wdiether  constructive  or  critical,  one  can  hardly 
help  exclaiming,  How  near  to  first  principles  are  the 
criteria  of  the  most  advanced  theories  and  high-stepping 
deliverances  !  With  him,  the  imi)ulse  to  prick  the  IduIj- 
ble  of  windy  hypothesis  upon  the   diamond-needle  (as 


18  THE   \\HITXEY   MEMORIAL  MEETING. 

the  Hindus  call  it)  of  hard  common-sense  was  often 
irresistible,  and  sometimes  irresistibly  funny.  Witness 
this  passage  from  his  boyish  journal :  "  On  entering  the 
river  [the  St.  Mary's],  we  found  ourselves  in  an  archi- 
pelago of  small  islands,  which  stretches  from  the  Sault 

down  to  the  foot  of  the  Georgian  Bay.    says  [that] 

actually  visited  thirty-six  thousand  such  islands, 

.  .  .  which  in  my  opinion  is  a  whopper.  To  have  done 
it,  he  must  have  stopped  upon  ten  a  day,  every  day 
for  ten  years."  This  may  seem  triviaL  In  fact,  it  is 
typical.  It  is  in  essence  the  same  kind  of  treatment 
that  he  gave  in  later  life  to  any  loose  statement  or 
extravagant  theory,  although  printed  in  the  most  dig- 
nified journal  and  propounded  by  the  most  redoubtable 
authority. 

Breadth  and  thoroughness  are  ever  at  war  with  each 
other  in  men,  for  that  men  are  finite.  The  gift  of  both 
in  large  measure  and  at  once,  —  this  marks  the  man  of 
genius.  That  the  gift  was  Whitney's  is  clear  to  any 
one  who  considers  the  versatility  of  his  mind,  the  vari- 
ousness  of  his  work,  and  the  quality  of  his  results.  As 
professor  of  Sanskrit,  technical  work  in  grammar,  lexi- 
cography, text-criticism,  and  the  like,  lay  nearest  to 
him ;  but  with  all  this,  he  still  found  strength  to  illu- 
minate by  his  insight  many  questions  of  general  lin- 
guistic theory,  the  origin  of  language,  phonetics,  the 
difficult  subject  of  Hindu  astronomy  and  the  question 
of  its  derivation,  the  method  and  technique  of  transla- 
tion, the  science  of  religion,  mythology,  linguistic  eth- 
nology, alphabetics,  and  paleography,  and  much  else. 
Astonishing  is  the  combination  of  technical  knowledge 


MEMORIAL  ADDRESS.  19 

in  widely  diverse  fields  which  appears  in  his  elaborately 
annotated  translation  of  the  famous  Sanskrit  astronom- 
ical treatise  called  Suryasiddhanta,  and  which,  again, 
he  brought  to  bear  upon  his  criticisms  of  earlier  and 
later  attempts  to  determine  the  age  of  the  Veda  by 
its  references  to  solar  eclipses,  and  by  its  alleged  impli- 
cations respecting  the  place  of  the  equinoctial  colures. 

But  not  only  in  respect  of  contents  were  Whitney's 
writmgs  of  conspicuous  merit ;  he  had  also  the  sense  of 
form  and  proportion,  —  that  sense  for  lack  of  which 
the  writings  of  many  a  scholar  of  equal  learning  are 
almost  nugatory.  At  twenty-two,  his  English  style 
had  the  charms  of  simplicity,  clearness,  and  vigor,  and 
they  held  out  to  the  last.  And  what  could  be  more 
admirable  than  his  beautiful  essay,  —  a  veritable  classic, 
—  "  The  Vedic  Doctrine  of  a  Future  Life  "  ?  His  sub- 
jects, indeed,  if  treated  seriously,  do  not  lend  themselves 
to  the  graces  of  rhetorical  or  ornate  writing,;  and  his 
concise  and  pregnant  periods  sometimes  mock  the  flip- 
pant or  listless  reader.  But  his  presentation,  whether  of 
argmnent  or  of  scientific  generalization,  is  always  a 
model  of  lucidity,  of  orderly  exposition,  and  of  due 
subordination  of  the  parts.  This  was  a  matter  on 
which  he  felt  deeply ;  for  his  patience  was  often  sorely 
tried  hj  papers  for  whose  slovenliness  in  diction,  ar- 
rangement, and  all  tlie  externals  of  which  he  was  a 
master,  the  authors  fondly  thought  that  their  erudition 
was  forsooth  an  excuse. 

Indeed,  for  the  matter  of  printer's  manuscript,  more 
than  once  has  Boehtlingk,  the  Nestor  of  Indianists, 
taxed  him  home  with  making   it  too  good,  declaring 


20  THE    WHITNEY  MEMORIAL  MEETING. 

it  a  wicked  sin  to  put  time  on  such  things,  though 
playfully  admitting  the  wliile  that  he  had  killed  off 
with  his  own  desperate  copy  I  cannot  remember  how 
many  luckless  type-setters  in  the  office  of  the  Russian 
Academy. 

Where  there  was  so  much  of  the  best,  it  is  not  feasi- 
ble to  go  into  details  about  all.  Yet  I  cannot  omit 
mention  of  some  of  his  masterpieces.  Very  notable  is 
his  "  Language  and  the  Study  of  Language,"  —  a  work  of 
wide  currency,  and  one  which  has  done  more  than  any 
other  in  this  country  to  promote  sound  and  intelligent 
views  upon  the  subjects  concerned.  It  deals  with  prin- 
ciples, with  speculative  questions,  and  with  broad  gen- 
eralizations, —  the  very  things  in  which  his  mastery  of 
material,  self-restraint,  even  balance  of  mind,  and  rigor- 
ous logic  come  admirably  into  play. 

Of  a  wdiolly  different  type,  but  not  one  whit  inferior 
withal,  are  his  Prati^akhyas.  These  are  the  phonetico- 
grammatical  treatises  upon  the  text  of  the  Vedas,  and 
are  of  prime  importance  for  the  establishment  of  the 
text.  Their  distinguishing  feature  is  minutijB,  of  mar- 
vellous exactness,  but  presented  in  such  a  form  that  no 
one  with  aught  less  than  a  tropical  Oriental  contempt 
for  the  value  of  time  can  make  anything  out  of  them 
as  they  stand.  Whitney  not  only  out-Hindus  the  Hindu 
for  minutiae,  but  also  —  such  is  his  command  of  form  — 
actually  recasts  the  whole,  so  that  it  becomes  a  book  of 
easy  reference. 

As  for  the  joint  edition  of  the  Atharva-Veda,  it  is  a 
most  noteworthy  fact  that  it  has  held  its  own  now  for 
thirty-eight  years  as  an  unsurpassed  model  of  what  a 


MEMORIAL   ADDRESS.  21 

Vedic  text-edition  ought  to  l)e.  His  "  Index  Verborum 
to  the  Atharva-Veda,"  a  work  of  wonderful  complete- 
ness and  accuracy,  is  much  more  than  its  name  implies, 
and  may  not  pass  without  brief  mention,  inasmuch  as 
its  material  formed  the  basis  of  his  contriljutions  to 
the  Sanskrit-German  lexicon  puljlished  by  the  Imperial 
Academy  of  Russia.  This  great  seven-volumed  quarto, 
whose  steady  progress  through  the  press  took  some 
three  and  twenty  years,  is  the  Sanskrit  Stephanus. 
Americans  may  well  be  proud  of  the  fact  that  to  Whit- 
ney belongs  the  distinguished  honor  of  being  one  of  the 
four  "faithful  collaborators"  who,  next  to  the  authors, 
Boehtlingk  and  Roth,  contributed  most  to  this  monu- 
mental work. 

Of  all  his  technical  works,  his  "  Sanskrit  Grammar," 
with  its  elaborate  supplement,  "  The  Roots,  Verb-forms, 
and  Primary  Derivatives  of  the  Sanskrit  Language," 
forms  the  crowning  achievement.  Here  he  casts  off 
the  bonds  of  tradition  wherever  they  might  hamper 
his  free  scientific  procedure,  and  approaches  the  phe- 
nomena of  language  in  essentially  the  same  spirit  and 
attitude  of  mind  as  that  in  which  Darwin  or  Helmholtz 
grappled  the  problems  of  their  sciences.  The  language 
is  treated  historically,  and  as  the  product  of  life  and 
growth ;  and  the  work  is  filled  with  the  results  of  scores 
of  minute  and  far-reaching  special  investigations.  The 
amount  of  material  which  is  here  subjected  to  rigorous 
and  original  methods  of  classification  and  scientific 
induction  is  enormous ;  and  none  but  those  who  were 
familiar  with  his  writinG:-table  can  well  realize  the  self- 
restraint  that  he  used  in  order  to  bring  his  results  into 
moderate  compass. 


22  THE   WIIITNKY   MEMORIAL  .MEETING. 

In  all  these  technical  works  there  is  little  that  ap- 
peals to  the  poj^ular  imagination,  and  absolutely  nothing 
to  catch  the  applause  of  the  groundlings ;  but  much,  on 
the  other  hand,  to  win  the  confidence  of  the  judicious. 
It  was  therefore  natural  that  Whitney  should  be  sought 
as  editor-in-chief  for  what  is  in  every  sense  by  far  the 
greatest  lexicographical  achievement  of  America,  "  The 
Century  Dictionary."  And  desj^ite  the  abihty  and  size 
of  the  editorial  stajffi,  we  may  well  believe  that  this  office 
was  no  sinecure ;  for  the  settlement  of  the  principles 
of  j)rocedure  demanded  the  full  breadth  of  learnmg,  the 
largeness  of  view,  and  the  judicial  temper  of  a  master 
mind.  Among  the  great  body  of  his  countrymen,  this 
will  be  Whitney's  best-known  monument. 

Mr.  Whitney  was  a  genuine  lover  of  nature  and  of 
the  world  out  of  doors  no  less  than  of  his  books  ;  and 
so,  with  his  keen  sense  of  humor  and  love  of  fun,  he 
was  a  charming  companion  for  the  woods  and  hills. 
Physical  courage,  too,  abounded,  often  Avith  a  daring 
impulse  to  meet  bodily  risk  and  danger,  as  when  he 
climbed  the  so-called  Look-off  Pine,  about  one  hundred 
and  thirty  feet  high,  a  monarch  overtopping  the  prime- 
val forests  of  the  Ontonagon  River,  and  broke  off  its 
top  as  a  trophy ;  or  as  when,  with  his  brother,  he  in- 
dulged in  the  youthful  escapade  of  passing  the  forbidden 
point  of  the  spire  of  Strasburg  Cathedral  by  clambering 
out  and  around  the  point  of  obstruction  on  the  outside, 
and  of  mounting  thence  toward  the  summit  as  far  as 
there  was  any  opening  within  the  spire  large  enough  to 
contain  a  man's  body.  He  was  intensely  American,  in 
the  best  sense  of  the  word ;  and  his  patriotism,  aside 


MEMORIAL  ADDRESS.  23 

from  its  loftier  manifestations  (of  wliich  a  moment 
later),  showed  itself  in  some  lesser  ways  not  iinpleasing 
to  recall.  In  describing  his  passage  through  the  wilds 
of  the  Detroit  River,  he  says  in  that  youthful  journal, 
"  There  was  little  difference  in  the  appearance  of  the 
two  sides ;  but  I  endeavored  to  persuade  myself  that  the 
American  offered  evidence  of  more  active  and  successful 
industry  than  the  British." 

I  venture  to  quote  in  part  the  words  and  in  part  the 
substance  of  a  recent  letter  from  one  of  his  old  pupils. 
There  is  no  one,  said  this  pupil,  whose  privilege  it  was 
to  know  him  more  intimately,  who  could  not  speak  of 
the  deep  tenderness  underlying  his  ordinary  reserve,  of 
his  profound  sympathy  with  difficulty  and  misfortune, 
and  of  his  ever-steadfast  loyalties.  Of  the  last  a  touch- 
ing illustration  is  found  in  his  remembrance  of  the 
Schaal  family,  in  whose  house  auf  clem  Grahen  he  lodged 
during  his  Tubingen  summers  of  1851  and  1852. 
Nearly  forty  years  later  he  wrote  to  this  pupil,  then  in 
Tubingen,  asking  him  to  seek  out  the  Schaals,  and  to 
be  the  bearer  of  kindly  messages  to  them.  Fraulein 
Schaal  spoke  of  the  delight  her  mother  and  herself  had 
felt  at  the  messages  sent  them  by  the  professor  who  had 
become  so  celebrated,  but  who  had  not  forgotten  them, 
and  showed  the  visitor  Professor  Whitney's  room,  all 
unchanged,  a  typical  Studentenzimmer ;  in  the  middle,  a 
long  plain  table,  and  by  it  an  uncushioned  arm-chair. 
That,  said  she,  was  Professor  Whitney's  chair,  and  in  it 
he  used  to  sit  for  hours  at  that  table,  almost  without 
moving.  When  he  moved  the  chair  more  than  a  little, 
I  knew  that  it  was  time  for  me  to  take  him  his  mug  of 


24  THE   AVIIITXKY   MEMORIAE   MEETlXfJ. 

beer,  and  ])t'rchance  a  l)it  of  l)read.  And,  as  a  very 
small  '/]]■]  then,  I  wondered  at  the  table,  which  was 
covered  with  Uttle  bits  of  paper,  which  he  had  arranged 
in  a  certain  order,  and  was  very  particular  that  no  one 
should  disturb.  The  only  adornment  which  he  had  in 
the  room  was  an  American  flag  draped  over  the  mirror; 
and  on  the  Fourth  of  July  he  said  he  would  Avork  an 
hour  less  than  usual,  as  it  was  the  anniversary  of 
American  independence.  The  Hag  was  the  symbol  of  a 
true  passion ;  and  in  his  toils  for  truth  he  felt  that  he 
was  working,  first  for  the  welfare,  and  second  for  the 
glory  of  his  country.  And  as  for  the  latter,  how  many 
an  American  student  in  Germany  has  been  proud  of  the 
generous  recognition  of  AVhitney's  success  !  Years  ago, 
continues  the  letter,  I  was  exchanging  a  few  words  with 
a  famous  Orientalist.  The  Herr  Professor  kindly  asked 
me  from  what  part  of  America  I  came.  New  Jersey,  I 
told  him,  and  his  face  grew  A^ery  blank.  I  know  Con- 
necticut, said  he.  And  he  knew  Connecticut,  as  did  his 
colleagues,  largely  because  he  knew  Whitney.  So  much 
for  the  letter  of  a  loving  and  beloved  pupil. 

It  suggests  withal  an  inquiry :  What  was  the  secret 
of  Whitney's  great  productivity  ?  In  the  first  instance, 
—  it  is  almost  needless  to  say,  —  his  native  gifts.  But 
it  is  far  from  true  that  native  gifts  are  always  fruitful. 
Next  to  them  came  his  power  of  discerning  what  was 
the  really  important  thing  to  do,  and  his  habit  —  self- 
imposed,  and  enforced  with  Spartan  rigor  —  of  doing 
something  every  working-day  upon  that  really  impor- 
tant thing,  and,  above  all,  of  doing  that  something  first. 
Such  was  his  regularity  that  even  the  dire  necessity  — 


'^  OP   THK 

UNIVERSITY 


MEMORIAL   ADDRESS. 


:io 


which  arose  m  1882  —  of  moving  from  one  dwelling- 
house  into  another  did  not  Ijreak  it.  "  Even  moving," 
he  writes,  ''  I  expect  to  find  consistent  with  regular 
doses  of  Talavakara,  etc."  The  "  art  of  judicious  slight- 
ing "  was  a  household  word  in  his  family,  a  weapon  of 
might;  its  importance  to  the  really  great  is  equalled 
only  by  its  perilousness  in  the  hands  of  the  unskilful. 
His  plans  were  formed  with  circumspection,  with  care- 
ful counting  of  the  cost,  and  then  adhered  to  witli  the 
utmost  persistence,  so  that  he  left  behind  him  nothing 
fragmentary.  We  may  change  Goldsmith's  epitaph  to 
suit  the  case,  and  say  that  Whitney  put  his  hand  to 
nothing  that  he  did  not  carry  out,  —  nihil  quod  incejrit 
noil  2>erfecit. 

And  wdiat  shall  I  say  of  the  lesser  virtues  that  graced 
him  ?  As  patient  as  the  earth,  say  the  Hindus.  And 
endless  patience  was  his  wdiere  patience  was  in  place. 
And  how  beautiful  was  his  gentleness,  his  kindness  to 
those  from  whom  he  looked  for  nothing  again,  his  grati- 
tude to  those  who  did  him  a  service !  And  how  espe- 
cially well  did  the  calm  dignity  which  was  ever  his 
wont  become  him  when  he  presided  at  the  meetings  of 
learned  societies  !  How  notal^le  the  brevity  with  which 
he  presented  his  papers !  No  labored  reading  from  a 
manuscript,  but  rather  a  simple  and  facile  account  of 
results.  An  example,  surely !  He  who  had  the  most 
to  say  used  in  proportion  the  least  time  in  saying  it. 
And  this  w^as  indeed  of  a  piece  Avith  his  most  exemi)lary 
habit,  as  editor  of  the  publications  of  the  Oriental 
Society,  of  keeping  his  own  name  so  far  in  the  back- 


26  THE   WHITNEY   MEMORIAL  MEETING. 

ground.  For  how  genuine  was  his  modesty  of  bearing, 
of  speech,  and  of  soul ! 

And  in  harmony  therewith  was  liis  reverence  for 
things  hallowed. 

He  counted  not  himself  to  have  attained, 

This  douj^hty  toiler  on  the  paths  of  truth ; 

And  scorned  not  them  who  lower  heights  had  reached. 

As  was  his  attitude  toward  things  sacred,  so  also  was  it 
toward  those  who  went  before  him  in  science.  He  did 
not  speak  sneeringly  of  what  they,  with  lesser  light,  had 
achieved.  And  to  him  Aristotle  was  none  the  less  a 
giant  because  some  dwarf  on  a  giant's  shoulders  can  see 
farther  than  the  giant  himself. 

If  I  may  cite  my  own  words  used  on  a  former  occa- 
sion, Whitney's  life-work  shows  three  important  lines  of 
activity,  —  the  elaboration  of  strictly  technical  works, 
the  preparation  of  educational  treatises,  and  the  popular 
exposition  of  scientific  questions.  The  last  two  methods 
of  })ublic  service  are  direct  and  immediate,  and  to  be 
gainsaid  of  none ;  yet  even  here  the  less  immediate 
results  are  doubtless  the  ones  by  which  he  would  have 
set  most  store.  As  for  the  first,  some  may  incline  to 
think  the  value  of  an  edition  of  the  Veda  or  of  a  San- 
skrit grammar  —  to  say  nothing  of  a  Pratiqakhya  — 
extremely  remote  ;  they  certainly  w^on  for  him  neither 
money  nor  popular  applause  ;  and  yet,  again,  such  are 
the  very  works  in  which  we  cannot  doubt  he  took  the 
deepest  satisfaction.  He  realized  their  fundamental 
cliaracter,  knew  that  they  were  to  play  their  part  in 
unlocking  the  treasures  of  Indian  antiquity,  and  knew 
that  that  antiquity  has  its  great  lessons  for  us  moderns; 


MEMORIAL   ADDRESS.  27 

further,  that  the  history  of  the  hxiiguages  of  India,  as  it 
has  indeed  already  modified,  is  also  yet  to  modify,  and 
that  profoundly,  the  whole  teaching  of  classical  and 
Germanic  philology,  both  in  method  and  in  contents; 
and  that  the  history  of  the  evolution  of  religions  in 
India  is  destined  to  exert  a  powerful  intiuence  for  good 
upon  the  development  of  religious  thought  and  life 
among  us  and  our  children.  He  labored,  and  other 
men  shall  enter  mto  his  labors.  But  it  is  this  "  faith, 
the  assurance  of  things  hoped  for,"  —  Trtcrrt?  eXTrt^ojae- 
vdiv  vnocTTaai^,  —  which  is  one  of  the  most  vital  attri- 
butes of  the  true  scholar. 

In  the  autumn  of  1886  came  the  beginning  of  the 
end,  an  alarming  disorder  of  the  heart.  Adhering 
closely  to  a  strictly  prescribed  physical  regimen,  he 
labored  on,  according  to  his  wavering  strength,  heap- 
ing, as  it  were,  the  already  brimming  measure  of  his 
life-work.  His  courage,  his  patient  learning  of  the  art 
of  suffering,  his  calm  serenity  in  facing  the  ever-present 
possibility  of  sudden  death,  —  this  was  heroic.  And 
through  it  all  forsook  him  not  the  two  grand  informing 
motives  of  his  life,  —  the  pure  love  of  truth,  and  an  all- 
absorbing  passion  for  faithful  service. 


With  this  love  of  truth,  this  consuming  zeal  for  ser- 
vice, with  this  public  spirit  and  broad  humanity,  this 
absolute  truthfulness  and  genuineness  of  character,  is 
not  this  life  an  inspiration  and  an  example  more  potent 
by  far  than  years  of  exhortation  ?  Is  not  this  truly  one 
of  the  lives  that  make  for  righteousness  ? 


28  THE   WHITNEY  MEMORIAL  MEETING. 

And  wliat  then  ?  On  the  tympanum  of  the  theatre 
at  Harvard  are  inscribed  in  the  Vulgate  version  those 
nol^le  words  iVom  the  Ijook  of  Daniel  :  — 

QVIAVTEM-DOCTI-FVEKIXT 

FVLGEBVNT-QVASI-SPLENDGR-FIKMAMENTI 

ET-QVI-AD-IVSTITIAM-EKVDIVNT-MVLTOS 

QVASI-STELLAE-IN-PERrETVAS-AETKKNITATES 

We  may  say  them  of  him  :  And  tliey  that  he  wise  shall 
shine  as  the  brightness  of  the  firmament ;  and  they  that 
turn  many  to  righteousness,  as  the  stars  for  ever  and 
ever. 


WHITNEY'S    INFLUENCE 

ON    THE 

STUDY    OF    MODERN    LANGUAGES    AND    ON 
LEXICOGRAPHY. 

By   professor  FRANCIS   ANDREW  MARCH, 

Of  Lafayette  College,  Easton,  Pennsi/lrania,  as  Spokesman  of  the  Modern  Lamjiiafje 
Association  of  America  and  of  the  Spelling  Reform  Association. 


o 


UR  great  Sanskrit  scholar  was  also  an  instructor  in 
modern  languages  at  Yale  during  almost  all  of 
his  active  life.  He  taught  great  classes  of  under- 
graduates French  and  German  for  thirty  years.  He 
daily  gave  them  his  morning  hour.  He  prepared  a 
German  grammar,  a  French  grammar,  a  German 
reader  with  notes  and  vocabulary,  a  German  diction- 
ary, and  also  an  English  grammar,  all  for  practical 
use  in  schools  and  colleges.  These  books  are  believed 
to  be  the  most  widely  used  of  their  kind,  and  are 
everywhere  prized  by  superior  teachers. 

All  are  remarkable  books.  Professor  Whitney  was 
an  exact  observer,  but  he  was  by  eminence  a  systema- 
tizer.  He  had  a  profound  system  of  language,  its 
origin,  its  essential  elements,  its  development,  its  dif- 
ferentiation into  families  of  lanQ-uas-es,  and  in  the  Indo- 
European  family  the  differentiation  of  the  languages. 
A  linguistic  phenomenon  was  no  fact  to  him  till  he  saw 
it  in  its  historic  development ;    a  fact  was  no  truth  to 


30  THE   WHITNEY   MEMORIAL   MEETING. 

liiin  till  lie  saw  it  in  its  systematic  necessity.  Any 
one  of  his  books  was  in  some  sense  exposition  or  expli- 
cation of  this  system. 

"  The  Essentials  of  English  Grammar "  is  his  most 
perfect  work  of  this  kind.  It  seems  to  ))e  a  statement 
of  simple  facts  in  the  simplest  language,  made  with 
charming  ease  and  fluency ;  Ijut  it  is  an  organic  unity, 
—  the  same  blood  flows  and  forms  in  every  sentence  and 
every  word.  It  is  a  masterly  portrait  of  the  youngest 
sister  of  the  Indo-European  family.  The  German  and 
French  grammars  are  similar  sketches  of  her  French 
and  German  sisters.  Professor  Whitney  had  chosen 
betimes  the  eldest  of  this  sisterhood.  He  had  his  ear- 
lier fancies,  lightly  turned  to  the  beauty  of  minerals,  of 
plants,  of  birds  ;  but  he  married  betimes,  as  the  scholar 
should,  and  when  he  married  Sanskrit,  he  married  into 
the  family.  When  his  "Students  sought  the  acquaintance 
of  the  younger  sisters,  he  liked  to  introduce  them  to  the 
head  of  the  sisterhood.  The  press  has  teemed  with 
American  English  grammars  ever  since  Lindley  Mur- 
ray, many  of  them  brilliant  with  original  nomenclature, 
diagrams,  and  other  novelties.  Professor  Whitney's 
"  Essentials "  shows  that  simplicity  and  lucidity  are 
better  than  brilliancy.  It  makes  the  study  of  gram- 
mar an  effort  to  understand  language,  elementary  gram- 
mar an  exposition  of  facts  by  principles.  It  shows  no 
fads  of  methods.  It  has  no  special  relations  with  any 
of  the  current  text-books.  It  is  an  orio-inal  o;rowtli  from 
fundamental  truth,  and  might  have  been  written  in  any 
aere  when  the  fundamental  truths  were  kno^^m,  and  it  is 


'5 


and  will  be  as  good  for  one  age  as  another.     This  is  the 


PROFESSOR  MARCH'S  ADDRESS.  31 

kind  of  book  Professor  Whitney  liked  to  write,  not  a 
repetition  or  refutation  of  the  latest  views,  but  exposi- 
tion of  truth  for  all  time.  In  the  higher  study  of 
modern  languages  his  example  strongly  favors  direct 
study  of  languages  in  monuments  and  literatures  rather 
than  in  the  opinions  of  others. 

A  similar  excellence  belongs  to  his  w^ork  in  lexicog- 
raphy. It  l)egan  in  systematizing  and  simplifying  the 
definitions  of  Webster's  Dictionary,  and  in  contributing 
material  to  the  St.  Petersl^urg  Sanskrit  Dictionary.  It 
was  continued  in  the  planning  and  direction  of  his  Ger- 
man Dictionary,  and  finally  of  the  Century  Dictionary, 
which  is  a  sort  of  apotheosis  of  Webster.  In  his 
superintendency  of  the  Century  he  w^as  able  to  do  a 
great  work  for  the  historical  and  scientific  study  of 
English  by  adopting  plans  for  introducing  into  the  dic- 
tionary most  liberally  the  results  of  such  studies,  and 
materials  for  further  advance.  Perhaps  no  other  editor- 
in-chief  could  have  secured  the  adoption  of  Dr.  Scott's 
plan  for  tlie  etymology.  Its  thoroughness  and  compre- 
hensiveness foreboded  a  voluminousness  appalling  to  a 
pul^lisher.  But  the  publisher  of  the  Century  was  no 
common  publisher,  and  Professor  Whitney's  authority 
was  little  short  of  a  categorical  imperative.  He  sup- 
ported Dr.  Scott,  wdio  prepared  the  etymology  and  most 
of  the  philological  material  from  the  modern  languages, 
not  only  by  general  approval,  but  by  constant  interest 
and  cordial  recognition  day  by  day  of  the  eminent  merit 
of  his  work. 

In  the  Century  another  form  of  Whitney's  power 
appears,  —  a  genius   for   amending,  improving,  recon- 


32  THE    WHITNEY    MEMUIUAL   MEETING. 

structing,  especially  in  semi-mechanical  contrivances,  a 
genius  like  that  of  Franklin.  There  are  in  his  earlier 
vocabularies  notable  contrivances  of  method,  order,  and 
typography,  for  conveying  in  simple  ways  information 
about  etymology  and  tlie  like.  In  the  Century  there 
are  many  ingenious  devices  of  arrangement  and  nota- 
tion especially  to  indicate  pronunciation.  Those  are  of 
special  importance  which  give  the  pronunciation  of  let- 
ters of  varying  sound.  He  also  makes  an  onslaught 
on  the  irregularities  and  inconsistencies  of  English 
spelling. 

In  his  work  upon  Sanskrit,  studying  old  manuscripts, 
observing,  systematizing,  expounding  ancient  speeches, 
he  would  be  apt  to  think  of  language  as  record  merely. 
But  in  dealing  with  modern  languages  and  especially 
with  the  lexicography  of  English,  he  could  not  fail  to 
recognize  it  as  machinery,  —  miglity  machinery  working 
for  the  future.  He  would  pride  himself  on  the  conquest 
of  the  past,  the  reconstruction  of  history  in  his  exposi- 
tion of  Sanskrit ;  but  his  English  lexicography  would 
remind  him  that  the  highest  praise  of  a  branch  of 
knowledge  is  that  it  is  fruitful,  that  "  we  seek  truth  for 
generation,  fruit,  and  comfort."  His  linguistic  phil- 
osophy also,  his  view  of  words  as  inventions,  of  each 
language  as  an  aggregation  of  these  inventions,  a  na- 
tional institution,  and  of  the  science  of  language  as  a 
Ijranch  of  human  history,  made  it  a  matter  of  course 
that  he  should  regard  language  as  a  field  for  improve- 
ments, like  other  inventions  and  mstitutions. 

Professor  Whitney  had  already,  in  1867,  in  his  lectures 
on  Language  and  the  Study  of  Language,  and  in  a 


PROFESSOR  MARCH'S   ADDRESS.  33 

series  of  papers  in  '"  The  Nation,"  stated  fully  the  scien- 
tific aspect  of  our  spelling,  and  the  unhappy  position  of 
those  who  defend  it,  and  love  it,  and  are  proud  of  it. 
There  were  some  such  in  those  days.  I  will  not  read 
what  he  says  of  them,  lest  haply  there  may  be  some 
survivor  of  that  period  present,  too  old  to  learn,  too 
venerable  to  be  ridiculed  on  this  occasion.  But  as  to 
practical  action,  Professor  Whitney  announced  at  that 
time  that  it  was  impracticable  while  the  public  temper 
should  remain  Avhat  it  then  was. 

In  1875,  however,  he  accepted  the  Chairmanship  of  a 
Committee  of  the  American  Philological  Association, 
which  was  appointed  to  report  what  could  be  done  for 
English  spelling,  and  he  prepared  the  report^  which  was 
presented  in  1876,  setting  forth  the  principles  which 
should  govern  any  attempt  at  reform.  He  wrote  the 
same  year  to  the  International  Convention  for  the 
Improvement  of  English  Orthography  held  at  Phila- 
delphia at  the  World's  Fair :  "  There  are  few  in  our 
community  deserving  the  name  of  scholar  who  do  not 
confess  that  a  '  historical '  spelling  is  in  principle  inde- 
fensible, that  it  has  no  suj^port  save  our  customs  and 
prejudices."  He  still  declined  to  make  any  suggestions 
for  a  new  orthographic  method,  although  he  said  that 
he  had  been  sometimes  tempted  to  say  that  he  should 
not  think  any  progress  of  much  account  until  we  could 
agitate  for  the  true  ("Continental"  or  "Italian")  rep- 
resentation of  the  vowel  sounds.  But  he  Avas  for  "  a 
beginning  anj^vhere,  of  any  kind.  Break  down  the  false 
sacredness  of  the  present  modes  of  spelling,  accustom 

1  See  below,  Bibliogi-aphy,  No.  208a. 


34  THE   WIinXEY   MEMORIAL   .MEETIXG. 

people  not  to  shiver  when  they  see  familiar  words  *  mis- 
spelt,' and  something  good  will  be  the  final  result." 

He  accepted  office  in  the  Spelling  Reform  Associa- 
tion. The  names  of  Professor  Whitnc}-  and  Professor 
Max  Miiller  stood  side  by  side.  He  continued  a  mem- 
Ijer  of  the  Committee  on  Spelling  Reform  of  the  Philo- 
logical Association.  Holding  these  offices  for  twenty 
years,  he  exerted  the  full  weight  of  his  influence  and 
authority  in  behalf  of  this  reform.  He  freely  gave  it 
time  and  money.  He  attended  meetings.  He  would 
make  a  long  journey  m  a  midwinter  storm  to  attend  a 
meetmg  of  the  Committee.  He  contributed  in  his  turn 
to  a  series  of  articles  in  reformed  spelling,  published  in 
"  The  Independent."  He  signed  memorials  to  Con- 
gress. He  acted  as  a  Commissioner  of  the  State  of 
Connecticut  to  examine  and  report  on  amending  the 
spelling  of  the  public  documents.  He  promoted  and 
assisted  joint  action  l^etween  the  American  Philological 
Association  and  the  Philological  Society  of  England. 
He  introduced  this  action  in  the  Century  Dictionary. 

His  last  public  act,  almost  his  last  publication,  was 
a  communication  to  the  Anthropological  Societ}^  of 
Washington  in  1893,  for  a  symposium  on  the  ques- 
tion :  "  Is  simplified  spelling  feasible  as  proposed  by 
the  English  and  American  Philological  Societies  ? " 

But  with  all  this  he  declined  to  lead.  When  he 
sisrned  a  memorial  he  would  make  it  a  condition  that 
his  name  should  not  be  placed  first.  He  did  not  use 
in  his  own  books  any  form  of  amended  spelling.  In 
giving  the  pronunciation  of  the  Century  Dictionary,  he 
did  not  adopt  the  Continental  vowel  notation,  though 


PROFESSOR  MARCH'S  ADDRESS.  35 

he  used  it  in  his  studies,  and  regarded  it  as  vital  fur  re- 
form. He  weighed  the  matter  well,  and  decided  that  it 
would  too  much  endanger  the  popular  success  of  the 
whole  undertakmg.  We  must  reserve  that,  he  said,  for 
a  future  edition.  In  all  this,  as  in  other  things,  Professor 
Wliitne}'  was  eminently  the  wise  man. 

Many  men  of  many  minds  are  needed  to  advance 
reforms.  The  good  providence  which  sends  rain  on 
the  wise  and  on  the  unwise  has  its  crowns  reserved 
for  both.  The  great  emperor  had  a  medal  for  the 
soldier  with  the  thickest  head  and  the  stoutest  heart 
in  his  army.  So  it  is  in  the  army  of  progress.  Other 
spelling  reformers  may  take  their  medals;  Professor 
Whitney  is  sure  of  his  crown. 


PROFESSOR  WHITNEY'S   INFLUENCE 

ON 

CLASSICAL  PHILOLOGISTS. 

By  professor  BERNADOTTE   FERRIN, 

Of  Yale  Universiti/,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

TT  was,  of  course,  natural  that  those  pupils  of  Pro- 
fessor Whitney  who  made  Oriental  studies,  and 
especially  Indian  literature  and  antiquities,  their  chief 
pursuit,  should  come  into  the  closest  relations  with  him, 
and  receive  from  him  the  strongest  influences  and  deep- 
est impressions.  They  are  also  best  qualified,  now  that 
the  master  is  gone,  to  testify  of  his  powers  and  achieve- 
ments as  a  master.  But  the  larger  proportion  of  men 
who  took  Professor  Whitney's  graduate  courses,  espe- 
cially after  1871,  were  fitting  themselves  for  careers  as 
teachers  either  of  the  modern  or  of  the  classical  lan- 
guages and  literatures.  To  adopt  the  terminology  of 
our  scliools,  these  men  took  Professor  Whitney's  courses 
as  minor  courses.  Nevertheless,  they  too  were  pro- 
foundly impressed  by  Professor  Whitney's  personality 
and  work.  Most  of  them  are  now  occupying  honorable 
positions  in  our  academic  life.  They  do  not  hand  on 
the  special  traditions  of  the  school  of  Indian  studies 
which  Professor  Whitney  founded  for  this  country,  but 
they  are  carrying  into   their   own  fields  of  investiga- 


38  THE   WHITNEY  :\rEMORIAL   SHEETING. 

tion  a  spirit,  a  method,  and  an  ideal  which  they  caught 
from  him. 

It  seems  as  though  no  man  could  again  attain  to 
the  absolute  impartiality  of  his  spirit.  A  young  enthu- 
siast often  mistook  its  crystal  clarity  for  coldness  and 
lack  of  zest.  It  prevented  Professor  Whitney  from 
being  what  is  called  magnetic.  For  this  a  certain 
degree  of  partisanship  would  seem  to  be  requisite.  It 
even  made  liim  seem  at  times  to  lack  proper  appre- 
ciation of  a  beauty  or  a  power  which  others  were  more 
ready  to  acknowledge;  and  this,  no  doubt,  kept  him 
from  the  somewhat  ephemeral  success  of  interesting 
and  stirring  large  miscellaneous  classes  of  undergrad- 
uates. A  young  man  just  entering  the  domain  of  clas- 
sical philology,  and  gettmg  his  first  ranges  over  the 
fields  of  classical  literature,  is  sure  to  have  a  distorted 
idea  of  the  relative  superiority  of  those  literatures,  from 
comparative  ignorance  both  of  other  ancient  and  of 
modern  literatures.  This  often  blinds  him  to  the  real 
merits  of  other  literary  expressions,  and  especially  to 
much  of  tlie  narro^mess  and  squalor  of  ancient  clas- 
sical life,  and  to  its  hideous  injustices.  It  was  not,  then, 
alone  the  fact  that  Professor  AYhitney  introduced  such 
students  to  a  new  ancient  language  and  literature  of 
great  richness,  upon  which  successive  ages  had  spent 
themselves  in  comment  and  elucidation,  but  it  was  his 
comparative  estimate  of  tins  and  other  ancient  lan- 
guages and  literatures,  or  of  all  ancient  and  modern 
languages  and  literatures,  which  led  those  who  came 
under  his  teaching  to  revise  their  standards  and  readjust 
their  mental  perspectives.     He  did  not  unduly  exalt  the 


PROFESSOR  PERRIX'S   ADDRESS.  39 

new  lancniaere  and  literature.      His  students  never  de- 

o       o 

tec  ted  in  him  the  specialist's  natural  partiality  for  that 
range  of  human  endeavor  which  happens  to  be  most  in 
his  thoughts.  Rather,  he  slowly  but  surely,  and  almost 
always  indirectly,  brought  a  pupil  to  acknowledge  to 
himself  that  a  zeal  born  of  ignorance  had  led  him  to 
indulge  in  a  species  of  mental  idolatry.  But  no  icono- 
clasm  followed  tlie  conviction.  It  was  above  all  things 
a  calmness  and  deliberateness  of  mental  activity  which 
was  most  fostered  by  contact  with  Professor  Whitney's 
spirit,  —  a  spirit  which  made  him  a  dull  controversialist, 
but  a  relentless  opponent. 

Professor  Whitney's  method  was  usually  a  revelation 
and  an  inspiration  to  his  pupils.  It  was  the  method 
under  wdiich  alone  so  comprehensive  and  masterful  a 
mind  as  his,  relatively  unfired  l^y  imagination,  must 
work,  if  it  works  at  all,  after  the  process  of  mere 
accpiisition  is  complete,  —  the  method  of  a  Boeckh  or 
a  Darwin.  It  insisted  upon  the  full  accumulation  of 
facts,  and  discouraged  inference  until  inference  could  no 
more  be  deferred.  Most  of  his  pupils,  before  coming  to 
him,  had  not  risen  above  the  idea  of  simple  acquisition, 
and  there  was  nothing  organic  even  in  their  acquisition. 
It  was  agglutinative.  Acquisition  under  his  guidance 
had  to  be  thorough  and  complete,  and  he  slmnned  no 
dreariest  monotony  in  enforcing  it.  But  underneath 
the  patience  and  serenity  with  which  he  sought  to 
secure  this  with  his  pupils  there  lurked  plainly,  not 
exactly  contempt  for  the  mere  acquisition  or  the  process 
of  acquisition,  but  the  feeling  that  as  means  to  an  end 
it  must  not  be  suffered  to  eclipse  the  end.     That  end, 


40  TTTE   WIITTXFA'   MEMORIAL   MEETING. 

as  it  was  natural  for  one  to  feel  who  had  swept  such  a 
A\i(le  range  of  comparative  studies,  was  the  reconstruc- 
tion of  a  past  national  life,  or  of  the  processes  of  a 
long  organic  development,  and  the  estimate  of  their 
part  in  the  great  competitive  struggle  of  races  and 
peoples  and  institutions,  in  which  our  ^Dresent  civiliza- 
tion and  its  complex  prol)lems  have  been  evolved.  This 
method  was  not  formall}'  taught  in  set  phrase,  nor  was 
it  soon  perceived.  Rather,  it  slowly  dawned  upon  the 
pupil  by  participation  in  the  mental  processes  of  the 
teacher.     Once  having  dawned,  the  vision  never  faded. 

In  spirit  and  in  method,  then.  Professor  Whitney  was 
clearly  Aristotelian  rather  than  Platonic.  He  was  never 
known  to  appeal  to  the  emotions  or  the  imagination. 
His  influence  discouraged  such  appeals.  It  was  a  natu- 
ral result,  therefore,  that  those  pupils  at  least  who  did 
not  come  into  more  intimate  and  e\en  confidential  rela- 
tions with  him,  felt  that  he  was  lacking  somewhat  on 
the  side  of  esthetic  literary  discrimination.  It  is  not 
improbable  that  the  long  protraction  and  rigid  main- 
tenance of  the  severely  scientific  side  of  his  studies 
tended  to  produce  in  him,  as  in  Darwin,  more  or  less 
atrophy  of  certain  senses  which  had  at  an  earlier  period 
been  strong. 

The  example  of  Professor  Whitney's  career  gave  all 
his  pupils  a  -lofty  ideal,  and  most  of  them  a  new  ideal. 
The  old  ideal  of  an  academic  instructor  in  the  classics 
was  that  of  a  genial  man,  of  good  literar}-  form,  who 
had  acquired  enough  to  teach  what  was  required  of  him 
in  a  stimvdating  way,  without  much  reference  to  any- 
thing beyond  the  formation  of  a  good  literary  taste  and 


PROFESSOR   PERRIN'S   ADDRESS.  41 

style  in  the  pupil.  This  may  Avell  be  still  the  collegiate 
ideal.  But  no  true  university  work  can  be  done  until 
both  instructor  and  pupil  coine  under  the  influence  of 
the  larger  ideal,  the  historical  ideaL  Language,  litera- 
ture, and  institutions  must  all  be  studied  as  exponents 
of  a  great  national  life,  in  fierce  contest  for  supremacy 
with  other  great  national  lives.  It  was  the  manifest 
desire  in  Professor  Whitney  to  bring  the  national  life 
and  thought  of  India  into  fair  comparison  with  those  of 
the  two  great  j)eoples  of  Greece  and  Rome,  which  most 
impressed  those  of  his  pupils  who  were  classical  philol- 
ogists. And  the  fact  that  it  was  his  privilege  and  his 
glory  to  do  pioneer  work  in  this  comparatively  new  field, 
the  fact  that  he  was  known  to  be  an  honored  co-laborer 
with  the  best  powers  of  England  and  the  Continent  in 
making  the  intellectual  and  religious  life  of  a  great 
ancient  people,  and  the  more  obscure  steps  in  the  evo- 
lution of  the  greatest  institutions  of  human  society 
accessible  to  modern  thought,  —  these  facts  not  only 
increased  the  confidence  and  pride  of  his  pujDils  in  him, 
but  opened  their  eyes  to  the  essential  solidarity  of  the 
highest  intellectual  life  and  effort  of  the  present  day,  — 
to  the  internationality  of  the  highest  science.  Helle- 
nists, Latinists,  and  linguists  of  every  sort,  and  even 
historical  students  in  the  more  restricted  sense,  all  over 
this  country  and  Europe,  are  now  laboring  each  in  his 
chosen  field,  with  a  more  equable  spirit,  a  broader 
method,  and  a  loftier  ideal,  because  they  have  caught 
them  all,  directly  or  indirectly,  from  the  master  whose 
memory  we  honor. 


WHITNEY'S   PEESONALITY.i 

By   professor  J.   IRVING   MANATT, 

Of  Brown  University,  Providence,  Rhode  Island. 

A  T   this   hour,   and  after  these    comprehensive    and 
S3aiipathetic  studies,  I  venture  but  a  word  about 
the  Master's  personahty. 

Of  his  wide  and  deep  learning,  his  multifarious  and 
fruitful  labors,  the  world  is  well  aware  ;  it  cannot  know 
so  w^ell  the  power  he  was  for  guidance  and  inspiration 
to  his  immediate  disciples.  Other  men  there  were,  as 
learned  and  as  prolific,  who  kindled  no  altar-fire,  who 
set  no  torch-runners  on  the  way.  Among  them  may 
liaA'e  been  more  brilliant  men;  but  often  their  own 
torches  went  out  loefore  their  day  was  done.  In  the 
quiet  study  under  the  New  Haven  elms  the  altar- 
fire  burned  brightly  to  the  last,  and  the  torches 
kindled  there  have  lighted  other  altar-fires  throughout 
the  land. 

The  secret  of  this  enduring  influence  is  to  be  sought 
in  Whitney's  individuality ;  it  is  a  secret  of  character. 
His  was,  indeed,  an  opportunity ;  he  came  in  the  fulness 
of  time  to  find  a  new  world  waiting  to  be  won  for  a 
new  science ;  but  the  opportunity  opened  alike  to  all 
his  generation.     He  alone  measured  up  to  it  and  mas- 

1  This  address  was  imwTitten  and  not  reported ;  but  is  here  repro- 
duced in  spirit  and  substance. 


44  THE   WHITNEY   MEMORIAL   MEETING. 

tered  it.  He  laid  his  hand  upon  it,  and  it  became 
achievement. 

This  he  did  through  his  absohite  devotion,  his  single- 
ness of  purpose.  He  never  sought  his  own ;  he  never 
spared  or  coddled  himself.  If  any  man  ever  forgot 
himself  in  the  service  of  Science,  it  was  Whitney.  To 
him  Truth  was  the  one  goal ;  and  he  pursued  it  with  a 
simplicity  and  sincerity  rarely  realized  even  in  a  reli- 
gious consecration.  It  was  this  that  made  his  work  so 
genuine.  His  feet  were  always  planted  on  solid  ground, 
even  when  his  thought  touched  the  stars. 

He  found  two  philologies,  —  one  afloat  in  clouds,  the 
other  chained  in  her  cave.  More  than  any  other  man 
of  his  time,  he  had  the  mind  to  precipitate  the  one 
and  to  deliver  the  other.  The  cave-dweller  he  headed 
toward  the  light,  and  he  undergirded  airy  speculation 
with  ponderable  substance.  Of  all  men,  he  it  was  who 
made  ours  an  liistorical  science,  rooted  in  reality. 

Tlie  lesson  of  his  life  is  sincerity.  To  us  who 
knew  him,  he  stands  for  absolute  intellectual  integrity. 
To  seek  the  truth  and  speak  the  truth  was  a  necessity 
of  his  constitution.  He  never  thought  of  lions  in  the 
way,  but  it  was  just  as  well  for  lions  to  get  out  of 
the  way.  He  never  roared,  but  on  occasion  there  was 
that  in  his  still,  small  voice  to  make  the  pretender  trem- 
ble. This  impression  of  sternness  somethues  made  by 
his  righteous  judgments  may  justify  a  more  intimate 
word. 

To  one  pupil,  at  least,  —  and  one  as  little  deserving  as 
any,  —  he  was  the  incarnation  of  benignity.  How  well 
I  remember  my  first  call  upon  him  just  four  and  twenty 


PROFESSOR  MANATT'S   ADDRESS.  45 

years  ago,  —  the  first  great  man  I  had  ever  met,  and  to 
this  day  the  greatest  man  I  have  ever  known.  1  came 
to  him  with  my  burden  of  provincial  bashfiihiess  and 
awe ;  but  how  soon  the  feeling  vanished  in  his  kindly 
human  presence !  He  gave  the  impression  of  as  real  a 
diffidence  as  my  own ;  and  from  that  monu'iit,  through 
more  than  three  years  of  study  with  him,  —  much  of  the 
time  alone  with  him  alone, — his  patience,  kindness,  gen- 
erosity never  failed.  It  went  beyond  all  official  obliga- 
tions and  courtesies ;  it  concerned  itself  not  only  Avith 
the  student,  but  with  the  man,  and  became  a  sort  of 
providence,  which  ke^^t  on  opening  ways  and  smoothing 
paths  for  me  as  long  as  he  lived.  If  this  were  merely 
an  individual  experience,  I  should  speak  of  it  with  yet 
greater  hesitation;  but  I  believe  it  is  typical.  While 
we  were  with  him,  he  was  the  masterfid  yet  sympa- 
thetic teacher,  magnifying  that  office  in  our  eyes  with 
a  supreme  fidelity ;  and  ever  since,  he  has  followed  us 
with  his  beneficence  and  his  affection. 

Northampton  bred  many  great  preachers,  but  hardly 
another  son  whose  life  made  more  potently  for  righteous- 
ness ;  and  at  the  last,  in  the  serene  beauty  of  his  age. 
Heaven  seemed  to  have  set  its  halo  on  his  head.  Had 
the  angel  gone  about  New  Haven  in  those  days  seeking 
a  fit  subject  for  the  aureole,  he  could  hardly  have  sin- 
gled out  any  other  than  William  Dwight  Whitney. 


ADDRESS. 

By   WILLIAM   HAYES   WAKD,  D.D.,  LL.D., 

Of  New  York  C'Uij. 

T  DO  not  understand  that  I  am  desired  to  provide  a 
^  biographical  sketch  of  Professor  Whitney.  That 
has  been  the  grateful  task  for  those  who  were  in  more 
constant  and  intimate  connection  with  liim.  Neither 
am  I  asked  to  supply  a  critical  review  of  his  scholarly 
acquisitions  and  philological  productions.  That  is  a 
service  to  us  which  would  require  the  technical  knowl- 
edge of  one  of  his  favored  pupils.  I  was  not  an  inti- 
mate friend  of  Professor  Whitney,  nor  was  he  my 
teacher.  I  seldom  met  him  except  at  the  spring  and 
fall  meetings  of  the  American  Oriental  Society,  where 
he  was  the  one  to  whom  all  looked  up  as  leader  and 
master.  He  had  been  a  member  of  this  Society  nearly 
twenty  years  before  I  became  a  member ;  but  the  meet- 
ings of  these  last  twenty-five  years,  with  the  occasional 
call  on  him  since  his  resignation,  to  discuss  the  interests 
of  the  Society,  gave  me  some  knowledge  of,  and  admu*a- 
tion  for,  the  man,  although  my  own  ignorance  of  the  spe- 
cial branch  of  philology  which  he  made  his  own  leaves 
me  incompetent  to  say  what  many  of  you  coidd  well  say. 
It  is  only  my  own  long  connection  with  the  American 
Oriental  Society,  and  the  sense  of  the  obligation  I  am 
under  to  his  personal  kindness,  that  make  me  unwilling 


48  THE    WHITNEY   MEMORIAL   MEETING. 

to  decline  the  request  in  behalf  of  all  of  us,  to  scatter 
now,  in  the  mellowing  year,  the  leaves  and  the  ripened 
berries  of  laurel,  brown  myrtle,  and  ever  green  ivy,  over 
the  grave  of  him  who  was  the  master  not  of  his  pupils 
only,  but  of  all  American  scholarship,  and  whom,  de- 
parted, we  yet  look  up  to  as  its  genius,  shall  1  not  say 
its  guiding,  its  protecting  spirit  ? 

Our  first  tribute  is  due  to  Professor  Whitney  as  the 
most  active  and  faithful  memljer  and  officer  of  the 
American  Oriental  Society.  He  became  a  member  in 
1850,  while  a  graduate  student  m  Yale  College,  with 
Professor  Hadley,  under  Professor  Salisbury,  the  same 
year  that  he  went  to  Germany  to  pursue  the  study  of 
Sanskrit  with  Weber  and  Roth.  On  his  return  in  1853 
he  accepted  a  professorship  especially  secured  for  him 
by  the  wise  provision  and  generosity  of  Professor  Salis- 
bury, who  particularly  desired  his  assistance  in  develop- 
ing the  usefulness  of  the  Oriental  Society,  of  which  he 
was  Corresponding  Secretary.  And  accordingly  his  name 
appears  on  the  Publication  Committee  for  1853-54,  and 
in  1855  he  was  made  Librarian.  He  found  the  books 
lying  in  a  corner  in  a  room  in  the  Boston  Athenaeum, 
where  they  seemed  to  have  been  dumped,  brought  them 
to  New  Haven,  and  did  no  small  amount  of  tedious  work 
in  arranging  and  cataloguing  them  and  providing  for 
their  increase.  In  1857  he  succeeded  Prof essor  Salisbury 
as  Corresponding  Secretary,  and  in  1884  he  was  made 
President,  —  an  office  which  he  held  until  his  enfeebled 
health  compelled  him  to  resign  in  1890.  During  the 
years  from  1853  until  1886  he  was  never  absent  from  a 
meeting  when  he  was  in  the  country,  and  for  a  series  of 


DR.   WAllD'S  ADDRESS.  49 

years  his  contributions  composed  half,  and  far  the  most 
import-iint  half,  of  the  Society's  publications.  Indeed,  we 
could  almost  say,  and  Avere  glad  to  say,  that  the  Society 
ivas  William  D.  Whitney.  It  came  with  him  to  the 
Annual  Meeting  in  Boston,  and  went  back  with  him 
on  his  return.  He  put  most  distinctly  his  impress 
on  the  Society.  He  taught  it  the  methods  of  critical 
jDhilological  science  ;  and  as  an  object  lesson  in  that  kind 
of  research  he  presented  his  own  work,  and  that  of  his 
pupils,  in  the  study  of  Sanskrit.  The  Philological  Asso- 
ciation was  later  founded,  inheriting  the  field  of  the 
classical  section  of  the  Oriental  Society,  and  Professor 
Whitney  was  elected  its  first  president  in  1869.  And 
his  influence,  coupled  with  that  of  Professors  Goodwin 
and  Hadley  in  the  classical  field,  and  of  Professor  March 
in  Anglo-Saxon  and  Modern  Languages,  was  of  the 
most  far-reaching  importance  in  directing  the  activity 
and  moulding  the  character  of  the  young  Association. 

I  suppose  that  what  we  may,  without  thereby  identi- 
fying ourselves  with  either  opposing  camp  of  Material- 
ists or  Spiritualists,  call  the  physical  substratum  of 
genius,  its  large  and  finely  textured  or  convoluted 
brain,  is  given  by  Nature,  and  no  study  will  make  a 
great  scholar  out  of  one  on  whose  endowment  niggardly 
Nature  has  frowned.  But  Nature  w\as  in  a  gracious 
mood  when  she  moulded  the  brain  of  the  infant 
Whitney.  Mr.  Galton  tells  us  that  classic  Greece  bred 
men  of  genius  more  lavishly  than  has  any  other  country 
at  any  time  in  the  world's  history.  Some  favored  fami- 
lies have  extraordinary  endowments.  The  Whitney 
family   was  a  remarkable  one,  although  I  need  speak 


50  'J'HE   WIirrXKY   MEMORIAL   MEETING. 


here  onh'  oi  the  two  older  Ijrothers,  Josiah  Dwight,  the 
famous  geologist,  and  our  own  William  Dwight,  the  phil- 
ologist, of  whom  it  is  a  curious  fact  that  the  geologist 
brother  attended  Sanskrit  lectures  in  Berlin,  while  the 
younger  philologist,  on  graduating  from  Williams  Col- 
lege at  the  age  of  eighteen,  with  the  ^'aledictory  rank, 
began  collecting  l)ir(ls  and  plants,  and  soon  after  was 
taken  by  his  eminent  brother  as  his  assistant  on  a  United 
States  Geological  Survey  of  the  Lake  Superior  region, 
having  charge  of  the  botany  and  barometrical  observa- 
tions. It  was  about  this  time  that  he  found  some  San- 
skrit books  in  his  Ijrotlier's  liljrary,  and  his  attention 
was  first  directed  to  what  was  to  proA^e  the  main  })ursuit 
of  his  life.  The  geologist  came  very  near  turning  out 
a  philologist,  while  it  was  a  narrow  chance  which  i)re- 
vented  the  philologist  from  l^ecoming  an  authority  in 
geology  or  biology. 

When  Nature  has  given  a  man  the  mind-stuff,  it 
makes  all  the  difference  in  the  world  how  he  develops  it. 
I  douljt  very  much  if  tastes  or  aptitudes  for  specific 
lines  of  study  are  inherited.  I  think  they  rather  come 
from  training.  They  are  the  result  of  the  influences  by 
which  we  are  environed,  or  of  the  drift  of  study  into 
which  we  fall.  It  was  no  injur}"  to  the  boy  graduate  of 
Williams  College  that  he  had  acquired  no  special  tastes. 
He  had  a  powerful  and  alert  mind,  and  everything  was 
meat  and  drink  to  it.  In  everj'thing  he  excelled.  In 
these  days  of  early  specialization  we  may  not  err  in 
directing  the  ordinaril}'  bright  mind,  from  which  we 
expect  useful  second-class  work,  into  fields  where  mten- 
sity  is  cultivated  at  the  expense  of  extension  ;  but  this  is 


DR.   AVAKD'S   ADDRESS.  51 

no  benefit  to  a  mind  of  the  first  order,  —  a  mind  whicli 
can  co-ordinate.  Such  a  mind  can  attord  to  create  for 
its  acquirements  the  widest  base,  and  to  wait  long  before 
it  takes  extreme  excursions  in  any  single  direction. 
Such  a  mind  can  profitably  learn  nnicli  of  what  the 
Avorld  knows  on  many  diverse  subjects  before  it  selects 
one  to  be  made  a  life's  field  of  labor.  Nowadays  we 
are  m  danger  of  making  narrow  men  when  we  make 
learned  men.  Of  all  men  a  specialist  needs  to  be  a 
broad  man ;  but  how  can  he  be  a  broad  man  if  he  de- 
votes himself  to  his  specialty  early  in  his  course  of  study  ? 
The  profound  scholar  is  not  the  one  who  will  laugh  at 
the  scheme  outlined  by  John  Milton  in  his  Letter  to  Mas- 
ter Hartlib  on  Education.  Its  wonderful  breadth  is  the 
record  of  nothing  more  than  what  Milton  himself  did  as 
a  youth,  in  school  and  college  and  at  Horton ;  and  for 
all  that  wonderful  breadth  of  learning  which  covered 
all  that  all  languages  could  then  give  him,  he  found  use 
when,  comparatively  late  in  life,  he  entered  on  the  im- 
mense political  and  literary  tasks  which  no  man  in 
England  but  him  was  trained  to  accomplish.  But,  as  he 
reminds  Master  Hartlib,  that  is  a  bow  wdiich  not  every 
man  can  draw.  That  universal  breadth  of  training  and 
that  late  coming  into  his  kingdom  is  peculiarly  impor- 
tant, not  for  the  drudges,  in  the  second  and  third  rank, 
but  for  the  master,  in  the  first.  The  carpenter  may 
begin  early  to  hew  to  the  line  ;  but  the  architect  or  the 
engineer  must  spend  many  years  over  many  thmgs 
before  he  is  master  of  his  profession. 

At  last,  after  securing  the  first  rank  in  college  in  the 
days  when  there  were  no  electives,  after  a  time  given  to 


52  THE  WIHTXEY  MEMORIAL  MEETING. 

business,  and  then  to  botany,  zoology,  and  geology,  the 
new  study  of  Sanskrit  attracted  him,  and  he  Avent  to 
New  Haven  to  be  a  pupil  of  Professor  Salisbury,  the 
only  professor  of  Sanskrit  and  Arabic  in  the  United 
States,  and  who  still  survives  in  a  venerable  and  hon- 
ored old  age.  But  I  am  not  following  him  to  Germany 
and  back.  I  only  want  here  to  recall  that  as  a  philolo- 
gist he  Avas  not  a  mere  Sanskritist,  and  nothing  else. 
He  not  only  found  all  his  knowledge  helpful  to  his  study 
of  philology,  but  the  breadth  of  his  training  and  the 
variety  of  his  discipline  gave  him  soundness  of  judgment 
in  the  processes  of  his  own  peculiar  study.  I  do  not 
simply  mean  that  it  was  only  because  he  exactly  under- 
stood the  mathematics  that  underlies  astronomy  that  he 
was  competent  to  undertake  the  editing  of  a  Sanskrit 
astronomical  treatise,  but  rather  that  the  bent  and  dis- 
cipline which  a  mind  gets  in  one  study  fits  it  better 
to  reach  sure  conclusions  in  another.  The  mind  trained 
to  the  severe  methods  of  observation  of  actual  facts 
in  biological  science  could  not  help,  for  example,  seeing 
the  absurdity  of  following  the  unscientific  traditions 
of  Hindu  grammarians.  He  could  do  nothing  else 
but  build  his  Sanskrit  grammar  out  of  the  observed 
facts  in  the  language  of  the  Vedas  and  the  later  writ- 
ings, throwing  all  the  traditions  overboard,  and  that, 
too,  notwithstanding  he  was  a  proficient  student  of  the 
native  grammarians.  He  did  not  put  botany  or  geology 
into  his  grammar,  but  he  was  the  first  to  prepare  a 
grammar  on  methods  as  purely  scientific,  as  absolutely 
based  on  observation  of  facts  of  language  and  observed 
phonetic  laws,  as  those  he  had  first  learned  to  employ 


I)K.    WARD'S  ADDRESS.  53 

in  the  studies  of  natural  science.  I  do  not  ask  otliei's 
to  shoot  with  his  bow,  but  for  a  man  wlio  is  to  break 
paths,  to  be  the  engineer  of  our  highway,  no  breadth  of 
culture  or  extent  of  attainment  can  be  useless;  nothing- 
less  than  the  greatest  is  safe.  Accordingly,  we  are  not 
surprised  that  even  in  his  own  field  of  philology  he  had 
wider  interests  than  those  of  the  whole  Indo-European 
family  even ;  that  in  the  beginning  of  his  service  at  Yale 
College,  he  offered  instruction  in  Egyptian  as  well  as 
Sanskrit. 

Ma}'  I  not  perhaps  connect  with  this  same  breadth  of 
training  the  remarkable  exactness  of  his  knowledge  and 
the  soundness  of  his  judgment  ?  He  had  a  contempt 
for  uncertainty  where  certainty  was  attainable,  and  per- 
haps a  greater  contempt  for  certainty  where  it  was 
unattainaljle.  He  demanded  the  exact  facts,  as  they 
were  observed  and  measured  and  counted.  For  hasty 
conclusions  and  generalizations  he  had  no  patience.  If 
he  was  ever  lacking  in  suavity,  it  was  toward  the  sound- 
ing pronouncements  and  brilliant  charlatanisms  of  a 
really  able  scholar.  His  keen  mind  took  in  all  the 
facts  and  sought  out  their  philosophy,  and  was  not  to 
be  misled  by  eloquent  sophistry  to  accept  conjecture  for 
ascertained  truth.  He  was  our  soundest  teacher  on  the 
philosophy  of  language.  At  the  same  time,  while  thus 
careful,  he  was  not  slow,  neither  did  he  allow  any  fini- 
cal nicety  to  prevent  him  from  being  a  prolific  author. 
We  have  observed  the  contrary  dangers  of  a  hasty  man, 
fertile  in  suggestion,  quick  to  enter  new  fields,  publish- 
ing his  undigested  studies,  often  to  the  advantage  of 
others  and  his  own  discredit ;  and  the  opposite  error  of  a 


54  THE    WIUTXEY   MEMORIAL   MEETING. 

scholar  so  careful  never  to  be  wrong  that  he  never  tells 
the  world  anything.  Mr.  Whitney  avoided  both  errors. 
Who  was  more  careful  than  he  ?  And  how  large  and 
numerous  are  his  published  writings  ! 

On  one  other  jjoint  m  Professor  Whitney's  character 
I  wish  briefly  to  speak ;  I  mean  his  transparent  simpli- 
city. Naturalness  may  be  treated  as  a  negative  quality, 
the  absence  of  show  and  pretence ;  but  it  is  a  positive 
quality,  nevertheless,  just  as  the  whiteness  of  light  is 
something  more  than  the  absence  of  color.  I  sup- 
pose that  simplicity,  unconsciousness,  is  the  mark  of  a 
great  scholar  anywhere,  and  that  every  great  college 
can  boast  of  men  as  simple  as  they  have  been  great. 
But  it  seems  to  me  that  Yale  College  has  been  fortunate 
in  having  had,  during  the  last  forty  years,  three  men 
singularly  great  in  special  scholarship,  yet  all  very  wide 
in  their  attainments,  and  all  notably  simple  and  unaf- 
fected. I  mean  President  Woolsey,  Professor  Hadley, 
and  Professor  Whitne3^  It  is  a  great  thing  for  the  trtv 
ditions  of  a  college,  for  the  influence  exerted  on  its  suc- 
cessive classes  of  students,  to  have  such  men  as  their 
models,  as  the  objects  of  their  admiration.  No  one 
could  meet  Professor  Whitney  without  observing  the 
beauty  of  his  simple  Doric  strength,  which  allowed  no 
acanthus  decorations  to  solicit  the  notice  of  observers. 

Perhaps  Ave  may  best  appreciate  what  we  owe  to  Pro- 
fessor Whitney,  if  we  try  to  imagine  our  American 
scholarsliip  deprived  of  all  that  came  through  him.  I 
do  not  deny  that  it  might  have  come  through  others,  in 
time ;  but  through  him  it  did  come,  and  through  others 
it  would   have  come  later.      His  special  impulse  was 


DR.   WARD'S   ADDRESS.  55 

needed.  Only  two  students,  Whitney  and  Hadley,  liad 
ever  sought  instruction  in  Sanskrit  from  the  Professor 
of  Arabic  and  Sanskrit  during  the  dozen  years  he  held 
the  chair  before  the  accession  of  Professor  Whitney. 
Whitney  was  the  lirst  American  Sanskrit  scholar  to 
exploit  the  whole  broad  field  of  Indo-EuroiDean  philology, 
or  indeed  any  field  of  comparative  philology ;  for  up  to 
that  time  —  only  forty  odd  years  ago  —  there  was  no 
Semitic  comparative  philology.  Let  it  then  be  remem- 
bered that  it  is  no  exaggeration,  no  figure  of  speech, 
which  calls  him,  who  has  so  lately  left  us,  yet  lacking 
three  years  of  a  man's  allotted  threescore  and  ten,  tlie 
Father  of  American  Philological  Science.  Every  one  of 
the  Sanskritists  of  this  country,  —  and  a  great  school  it 
has  been,  if  a  young  one,  —  Avery,  Bloomfield,  Buck, 
Edgren,  Hopkins,  Jackson,  Lanman,  Oertel,  Perry,  and 
a  dozen  others  that  deserve  mention,  may  fairly  claim  to 
have  been  his  pupils,  either  because  they  received  his 
instructions  in  his  lecture-room,  or  else  because  of  the 
potent  personal  influence  which  he  exerted  upon  their 
studies  and  work,  albeit  they  had  not  belonged  to  that 
more  favored  circle.  And  to  these  pupils  should  be 
added  others,  men  like  Harper,  Perrin,  Peters,  Tarbell, 
Wright,  who  learned  from  him  the  methods  which  they 
have  since  employed  in  other  fields  of  philology  than 
Sanskrit.  His  impulse,  given  specially  to  Aryan  studies, 
has  reacted  even  on  Semitic,  through  his  pupils  ;  and  all 
our  students  of  human  language,  of  whatever  famil}^, 
have  felt  his  power. 

Scholarship  moves   like   the  tides  of  the  sea.     It  is 
started  by  some  great  celestial  attraction,  some  force 


56  THE  AviiiTXFA'  :\ik:morial  meettxg. 

moving  in  an  ecliptic  high  above  the  level  world  of  let- 
ters ;  and  with  gathering  strength  it  comes  to  its  flood. 
Such  a  force  was  Professor  Agassiz,  who  was  master  to' 
the  whole  school  of  young  American  biologists.  We  can 
never  sutticiently  recognize  the  debt  we  owe  to  that  Swiss 
naturalist  through  whom  we  learned  how  to  ol^serve 
the  facts  of  life  and  discover  its  laws.  What  Harvard 
did  for  the  science  of  life  in  America  through  Agassiz, 
Yale  did  for  Indo-European  philology  through  Whitney. 
These  men  created  epochs  in  our  learned  world,  —  such 
epochs  as  we  have  not  since  seen  paralleled  by  any  one 
man,  and  only  l)y  the  establishment  of  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  with  its  grand  provision  for  post-graduate 
instruction.  These  great  epochs  and  epoch-making  men 
and  institutions  we  need  to  keep  in  mind  in  all  their 
commanding  grandeur  if  we  will  understand  aright  the 
history  of  learning. 

Professor  Whitney,  who  tiu^ned  the  tide  of  American 
pliilology  so  completely  toward  Indo-European  studies, 
lived  long  enough  to  rejoice  in  the  later  renaissance  of 
Semitic  studies  under  the  lead  of  his  friend  Hall,  his 
pupil  Harper,  and  Dr.  Haupt,  called  to  the  head  of  the 
Semitic  department  at  Johns  Hopkins.  Those  of  ns 
wdio  were  interested  in  these  studies  he  encouraged  to 
earnest  labor,  and  warned  against  hasty  conclusions. 
To  him  all  deferred  as  their  wisest  leader  and  friend. 
Who  can  follow  him,  with  such  creative  abilities,  such 
power  of  mind,  such  purity  of  soul,  such  simplicity 
of  character,  such  scorn  for  the  pretentious  and  the  in- 
exact, such  l)readth  of  learning,  such  balance  of  judg- 
ment, such  modest  strength  ? 


CONCLUDING   ADDRESS. 

By  president   DANIEL   COIT   GILMAN, 

Of  the  Johns  Hopkins   UniversUij,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 

A  ND  now  there  is  but  one  note  more  to  be  uttered 

in  this  assembly,  —  a  word  of  friendship,  which 

must  be  free  from  exaggeration,  or  it  will  not  suit  the 

character  of  Professor  Whitney,  —  which  must  be  warm 

and  glowing,  or  it  will  not  suit  ourselves. 

Tliis  tribute  of  affection  and  gratitude  comes  from 
one  who  was  a  friend  of  Whitney  for  more  than  forty 
years,  —  for  a  time  an  intimate  friend,  —  who  knew 
how  he  entered  the  various  phases  of  sorrow  and  of  joy 
in  early,  middle,  and  later  life ;  who  used  to  meet  him 
daily  in  the  household,  upon  long  walks,  in  the  college 
faculty,  in  hours  of  quiet  study,  or  in  the  presence  of 
learned  men,  where  even  in  his  youth,  among  the  fore- 
most, Whitney  stood  the  first.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  have 
dwelt  within  the  influence  of  an  intellect  so  strong,  a 
moral  nature  so  pure,  and  a  life  so  full  of  fruit.  Can 
we  discover  the  secret  of  such  a  character  ? 

From  what  others  have  already  said,  it  is  clear  that 
Professor  AYliitney,  whose  lineage  and  environment  were 
of  the  best,  was  born  with  rare  endowments,  and  that  he 
grew  to  manhood  in  the  school  of  Duty,  "  Stern  Daughter 
of  the  Voice  of  God."  But  this  is  not  all.  In  the  train- 
ing of  his  head,  his  heart,  his  hands,  —  his  Will  was  not 
neglected.     It  was  strengthened  by  precept  and  habit. 


58  TlIK    WIirrXKY   .AIEMOrxIAL  MEETING. 

As  life  advanced,  in  face  of  laljors,  difficulties,  inter- 
ruptions, and  discouragements,  —  in  face  of  honors  and 
applause,  that  Will  grew  stronger  and  more  victorious. 
It  conquered  the  love  of  ease,  of  money,  of  praise  ;  it 
conquered  selfishness  ;  and  finally,  a  supreme  victory, 
it  conquered  the  pahi  of  enforced  seclusion,  of  bodily 
weakness,  and  prolonged  ill-health.  It  only  yielded  to 
that  conqueror  whose  voice  all  men  obey. 

Whitney  was  always  modest,  sometimes  diffident, 
yet  never  timid,  never  shrinking  from  the  duties  that 
were  thrown  upon  him.  For  the  place  of  a  presiding 
officer,  or  of  an  extemporaneous  speaker,  or  even  of  an 
academic  lecturer,  he  had  no  predilection.  When  he 
came  to  the  front,  it  was  to  bring  an  offering  well  pre- 
pared. He  never  sought  greetings  in  the  market-place 
nor  high  seats  in  the  synagogue.  Notoriety  gave  liim 
no  pleasure.  Recognition  was  doubtless  grateful  to 
him,  but  it  was  never  sought.  He  did  not  try  to  sur- 
pass another  in  fame  or  rank  ;  he  did  not  even  try  to 
surpass  himself.  The  quiet  assurance  that  what  he 
produced  was  true  and  fresh  and  of  importance,  gave 
him  the  tone  of  authority  in  every  company  where  his 
voice  was  heard ;  but  he  never  exacted  tribute,  nor 
sought  j)recedence.  Honors  fell  upon  him.  In  early 
life  they  were  stimulating,  in  later  days  rewarding ;  ]3ut 
their  value  Avas  never  impaired  by  the  regret  that  they 
had  been  solicited.  He  talked  but  little  of  that  which 
he  had  written  or  accomplished,  and  still  less  of  the 
laurels  he  had  won,  content  that  his  papers  should 
naturally  find  their  way  among  scholars  and  be  received 
at  their  true  value. 


rilESlDEXT   GILMAN'8   ADDRESS.  59 

Many  distingiii.shed  men  belonged  to  the  Oriental 
Society  when  Whitney  began  to  take  part  in  its  pro- 
ceedings. ^  Robinson  was  there,  in  the  renown  of  his 
Biblical  researches,  and  Gibbs,  the  accurate  Hebraist; 
Woolsey,  with  his  early  distinction  as  a  teacher  of 
Greek  literature,  and  his  later  distinction  as  a  student 
of  all  the  phases  of  human  progress ;  Beck,  the  accom- 
plished Latinist,  and  Felton,  the  true  Hellenist  -,  Abbot, 
with  his  remarkable  memory  and  more  remarkable  acu- 
men as  a  textual  critic  ;  and  Hadley,  sensible,  versatile, 
erudite,  and  acute.  Of  those  still  living,  I  will  name  but 
two,  —  Day,  who  suggested  to  our  friend  (as  Professor 
Seymour  has  informed  us)  the  study  of  Comparative 
Philology;  and  SalislDury,  who  guided  Whitney  in  his 
incipient  study  of  Sanskrit  and  then  founded  the  pro- 
fessorship which  enabled  him  to  pursue  through  life 
his  Oriental  researches.  Among  them  all,  Whitney 
would  have  said,  indeed,  he  did  say,  that  Hadley  was 
"  America's  best  and  soundest  philologist ; "  and  Had- 
ley, we  may  be  sure,  would  have  handed  the  palm 
to  Whitney. 

A  certain  consciousness  of  dignity  —  one  might  call 
it  self-appreciation  —  he  maintained,  but  without  dis- 
play, without  haughtiness,  without  detraction,  or,  to 
employ  a  positive  phrase,  with  a  just  and  discriminat- 
ing recognition  of  the  worth  of  others.  He  had  no 
patience  with  pretence.  Real  contributions  to  knowl- 
edge, however  small,  and  endeavors  for  the  promotion 
of  science,  however  inadequate,  he  welcomed  and  en- 
couraged. The  youngest  scholar,  if  he  was  earnest, 
true,  intelligent,  and  careful,  might  be  sure  of  help  and 


GO  THE   WIIITXEY   .AIEMOIUAL   MEETING. 

counsel ;  Ijut  the  oldest  who  was  careless  or  erratic 
would  not  escape  criticisni. 

He  showed  in  an  unusual  degree  the  love  of  nature. 
Lonii;  walks  were  his  recreation.  The  fresh  air,  the 
))right  skies,  the  woodlands,  tlie  hills,  the  mountains, 
the  procession  of  wild  flowers,  the  frozen  lakes,  tlie  open 
sea,  instructed  and  inspired  him.  If  he  saw  a  Ijird,  he 
could  imitate  its  notes ;  if  he  lieard  its  voice,  he  could 
name  the  singer.  Devoted  by  choice  and  by  profession 
to  literary  pursuits,  to  the  study  of  the  speech  and  the 
history  of  mankind,  he  maintained  a  lively  interest  in 
the  progress  of  })hysical  science.  More  than  once,  for 
example,  he  took  a  part  in  important  geological  sur- 
veys. It  is  even  more  notew^orthy  that  when  the  Shef- 
field Scientific  School  at  New  Haven,  a  department  of 
Yale  College,  was  an  infant,  he  watched  over  its  cradle, 
surpassed  in  devotion  by  only  one  of  his  colleagues,  still 
engaged  in  that  work.  His  instructions  in  Prench  and 
German  were  there  given  for  some  twenty  years.  In 
the  organization  and  development  of  this  new  depart- 
ment in  an  old  university,  his  counsels  were  wise  and 
constant ;  wdiile  others  were  in  doubt  or  opposition,  he 
was  ready  from  the  first  to  support  openly  and  heartily 
the  introduction  of  modern  methods  and  of  modern  sub- 
jects in  the  courses  of  a  liberal  education. 

He  had  a  sensitive  ear,  as  w^ell  as  a  discernino;  eve. 
This  interested  him  in  phonetics,  and  enabled  him  to 
become  an  exact  and  discriminating  reproducer  of  the 
sounds  of  his  own  and  of  foreign  tongues.  The  apti- 
tudes which  made  him  love  the  music  of  the  woods  and 
groves  led  him  to  take  part  in  the  music  of  the  house- 


PRESIDEXT   CilLMAN'S   ADDRESS.  61 

hold,  the  church,  and  the  concert-room.  His  apprecia- 
tion of  simple  melodies  heightened  his  enjoyment  of  the 
master-pieces  of  great  composers,  whose  Oratorios  and 
83'niphonies  were  to  him  like  familiar  poems.  The 
oftener  he  heard  them,  the  greater  his  pleasure. 

To  those  who  knew  him  at  a  distance,  and  perhaps 
through  his  writings  only,  he  sometimes  seemed  severe. 
He  was  certainly  as  fearless  in  the  expression  of  liis 
criticism  as  he  was  just  in  his  standards.  He  disliked 
—  it  is  not  too  strong  to  say  that  he  hated  —  to  see 
what  he  believed  to  be  the  truth  covered  up,  or  dis- 
torted, or  neglected.  In  such  a  mood,  he  was  not 
conscious  how  strong  some  of  the  expressions  which 
he  employed  (lamenting,  perhaps,  their  inadequacy), 
would  appear  to  those  who  were  used  to  genial  criti- 
cism, and  afraid  of  athletic  discussions.  But,  in  truth, 
our  friend  was  as  kind  as  he  was  just.  He  harbored 
no  personal  resentments ;  and  I  am  sure  that  in  all  the 
controversies  of  a  scientific  character  in  which  he  was 
engaged,  earnestness  for  the  presentation  of  the  truth 
was  his  impelling  force.  The  effort  to  be  conciliatory 
in  tone,  when  he  was  censorious  in  fact,  is  often  obvious 
in  his  published  criticisms. 

The  amount  of  work  accomplished  by  Professor  Whit- 
ney in  the  class-room  of  midergraduates,  in  the  guidance 
of  advanced  students,  in  the  editing  of  Sanskrit  texts, 
in  the  writing  of  papers  for  the  Oriental  and  Philologi- 
cal societies,  in  contributions  to  current  periodicals,  in 
the  collection  of  material  for  the  St.  Petersburg  Lexi- 
con, in  tlie  preparation  of  school-books,  in  the  revision 
of  Webster's   Dictionary,  and  long  afterwards  in   the 


62  THE   WHITNEY   MEMORIAL   MEETING. 

editorial  supervision  of  the  Century  Dictionary,  in 
the  deUvery  of  lectures  at  Boston,  Washington,  BaUi- 
niore,  and  elsewhere,  —  all  this  work,  performed  with- 
out hurry,  and  for  the  most  part  without  nervous 
irritation  or  undue  fatigue,  seemed  to  Ije  the  conse- 
quence, not  so  much  of  unusual  facilit}',  as  of  extraor- 
dinary industry,  and  still  more  extraordinary  economy 
in  the  direction  of  his  intellectual  resources.  All  his 
efforts  told.  They  were  not  often  wasted  upon  the 
trivial.     Hence  the  permanence  of  their  value. 

I  shall  not  attempt  to  say,  in  this  public  place,  what 
he  was  as  a  son,  a  brother,  a  husband,  a  father.  The 
bereavement  of  his  family  is  too  recent  and  too  sacred 
for  us  to  dwell  upon.  But  I  may  say  what  he  was  as 
neighbor,  colleague,  citizen,  friend.  In  these  relations 
he  was  exemplary.  He  participated  in  discussions  of 
educational  methods,  and  in  plans  for  the  enlargement 
and  advancement  of  university  courses.  The  duties  of 
a  patriot  in  the  upholding  of  good  government  were 
never  slighted.  He  was  outspoken  in  his  comments 
upon  public  affairs.  He  lent  a  hand  to  the  promotion 
of  the  general  welfare.  He  took  an  open  though  not 
an  active  part  in  politics.  Among  those  who  lived 
near  him,  he  Avas  sympathetic  in  trouble  ;  in  perplexi- 
ties he  Avas  wise.  In  the  welfare  and  preferment  of 
his  pupils,  associates,  and  correspondents  he  was  always 
interested. 

The  essential  honesty  of  his  nature  is,  after  all,  its 
croAvning  excellence.  This  underlies  the  accuracy  of 
his  knowledge,  the  certainty  of  his  judgments,  the  fear- 
less utterance  of  his  opinions.     Truth,  with  him,  was  an 


PRESIDENT   OILMAN'S   ADDRESS.  63 

intellectual  as  well  as  a  moral  virtue.  Vagueness  of 
expression,  uncertainty  of  that  which  might  be  defi- 
nitely known,  neglect  of  the  proper  sources  of  infor- 
mation, the  saying  more  or  less  than  was  strictly  true 
in  order  "  to  serve  a  purpose,"  were  faults  to  which  he 
was  not  exposed.     Integrity  ruled  his  life. 

The  biographer  of  Isaac  Casaubon  said  of  him:  "The 
scholar  is  greater  than  his  books.  The  result  of  his 
labors  is  not  so  many  thousand  pages,  but  himself." 
So  we  say  of  our  friend,  "  The  result  of  his  labors  is 
not  so  many  thousand  pages,  Ijut  himself,"  —  an  ex- 
ample, a  guide,  an  inspiration  to  the  younger  scholars 
of  this  country  who  now  and  henceforward  proclaim 
him  Master, 

For  many  years  I  have  seen  but  little  of  Professor 
Wliitney.  Our  homes  have  been  far  apart,  and  our 
vacations  have  not  brought  us  together.  He  has  re- 
cently been  kept  away  from  the  meetings  of  the  Ameri- 
can Oriental  Society,  which  owes  to  him  so  much  of  its 
reputation.  But  the  impressions  of  his  personality  I 
find  as  strong  as  if  it  were  but  yesterday  when  I  watched 
with  admiration,  and  when  I  saw  many  others  watch, 
admire,  and  emulate,  his  virtues.  Love  of  nature,  a 
vigorous  and  disciplined  will,  simplicity,  industr}^,  self- 
f orgetfulness,  loving-kindness,  integrity,  reverence,  — 
these  are  the  characteristics  which,  in  spite  of  the  re- 
serve of  a  recluse,  are  now  recognized  as  his  by  a  gen- 
eration of  scholars,  who  delight  to  say  "we  were  friends 
and  pupils  of  William  D wight  Whitney." 


APPENDIX. 


APPENDIX. 


I. 

OEIGIXAL  TEXT  OF  THE  LETTEES  FEOM  FOEEIGX 
SCHOLAES  CONCEENING  PEOFESSOE  WHITNEY. 

[The  letters  from  Ascoli,  J3real,  Brugniauu,  Henry,  Leskieu,  and  Miiller  were 
addressed  to  Professor  H.  W.  Smyth,  the  Secretary  of  the  American  Philo- 
logical Association;  and  the  rest  to  Professor  E.  D.  Perry,  then  the  Corre- 
sponding Secretary  of  the  American  Oriental  Society.  The  Editor  desires 
to  express  his  thanks  to  Messrs.  Perry  and  Smyth  for  making  from  the 
originals  suitable  transcripts  for  the  printer.] 

1.  From  Gkaziadio  I.  Ascoli,  Professor  of  Comparative  Phi- 
lology at  the  Hoyal  Scientific-Literary  Academy  of  Milan, 
Italy,  Member  of  the  Regia  Accademia  del  Lincei  in  Home. 

Roma,  9  dicembre  1S94. 

Mio  EGREGIO  SiGNORE,  —  Molto  riiigrazio  la  Signoria  Vostra 
deir  invito  die  mi  rivolge,  in  nome  dell'  onorevole  Comitato,  di 
esprimere  il  mio  sentimento  siill'  opera  del  compianto  profes- 
sore  Whitney,  in  quanto  essa  ha  versato  nel  campo  della  filo- 
logia  comparativa. 

Xeir  attivita  di  Whitney  non  h  facile  separare  il  glottologo 
dair  indianista.  La  esplorazione  storica  della  parola  appariva 
in  Lui  come  una  funzione  istintiva ;  e  pur  quando  Egli  sem- 
brava  limitarsi  alia  sola  parola  dell'  India,  virtualmente  giovava 
alia  storia  del  linguaggio  indoeuropeo  tutt'  intiero. 

Ma  la  parte  ch'  Egli  ebbe  nella  diffusione  e  nell'  incremento 
degli  studj  glottologici,  h  stata  grande  davvero.  Li  ha  Egli 
trapiantati  nel  Nuovo  Mondo,  e,  con  1'  insegnamento  e  col- 
r  esempio,  ve  li  lia  portati  a  una  floridezza  e  a  un'  altezza,  onde 
ne  riverberasse  nuova  luce  alia  vecchia  Europa. 


G8  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

L'  inKefino  aveva  sobrio  e  cauto,  ma  atto  insieiue  all'  investi- 
gazione  piii  estesa.  Aveva  scliietto  il  peiisiero  come  1'  animo, 
e  la  sincerita  e  il  rigore  della  Sua  iudagiiie  si  ritiettevano  in  una 
esposi/ioiiu  lucidissima  e  faconda.  Lo  studio  delle  questioni 
pill  compreusive  iiitonio  alle  scaturigiiii  e  alia  vita  del  liuguag- 
gio  lion  lo  ha  inai  costretto  a  cascare  iiell'  astruso ;  e  i  piu  aidui 
particolari  della  evoluzione  storica,  miiabilmente  da  Lui  intesi 
e  sviluppati,  non  lo  lianno  mai  poitato  a  congetture  piu  o  meno 
fantasticlie.  Senza  mai  riuscir  superticiale,  scrivcva  sempre 
con  una  facilita,  clie  insieme  attraeva  e  persuadeva  i  dotti  e 
gl'  indotti. 

lo  personalmente  gli  devo.il  piu  valido  incoraggiamento  di 
cui  la  mia  povera  carriera  mai  si  sia  rallegrata.  E  cos'i  avviene 
die  anclie  un  particolar  sentimento  di  riconoscenza  accresca  la 
commozione  clie  mi  assale  dinanzi  alia  Sua  memoria  venerata. 

Yoglia  accettare  la  Signoria  Vostra,  per  sfe  e  per  1'  intiero 
Coraitato,  1'  espressione  della  molta  mia  osservanza. 

Prof.  G.  I.  AscoLi. 


2.     From  Aucuste  Barth,  Member  of  the  French  Institute  (Aca- 
deinie  des  Inscriptions  et  Belles-Lettres),  Paris. 

Paris,  le  ler  Decenibre  1894. 

Monsieur  le  Secretaire,  —  Dans  une  notice  ndcrologique 
envoyde  an  Journal  Asiatique  de  Paris,  j'ai  ddja  essayd,  an  len- 
demain  meme  de  la  triste  nouvelle,  d'exprimer  la  profonde  doii- 
leur  qii'a  eveillde  parini  nous  I'annonce  si  pen  prdvue  de  la 
mort  de  William  Dwiglit  Wliitney,  et,  en  donnant  un  aperqu 
de  ses  nombreux  travaiix,  de  rappeler  quelle  reconnaissance 
nous  devons  tons  a  sa  mdmoire.  Aussi  est-ce  avec  empresse- 
ment  que  je  saisis  aujourd'liui  I'occasion  si  gracieusement  offerte 
de  m'associer  pour  mon  humble  part  h  I'hommage  solennel  que 
les  savants  de  I'Amdrique  vont  rendre  a  leur  illustre  et  regrettd 
compatriote. 

Je  le  fais  d'autant  plus  volontiers  que  cela  ne  m'oblige  pas 
a  me  rdpdter  et  que  je  ponrrai  etre  bref.     Car  quelqne  grande 


ASCOLI.  BARTII.  69 

que  soit  loeuvre  de  Whitney,  dont  les  travaux  relatifs  a  I'lnde 
lie  sont  qu'une  partie,  elle  se  laisse,  mieux  })eut-etre  que  celle 
d'aucuu  de  ses  ^uiules,  caractt^riser  dans  les  liniites  forc^ment 
(itioites  d'uiie  simple  lettre. 

L'ne  these  soutenue  par  Whitney  peut,  en  effet,  tuujours  etre 
r^sum^e  en  pen  de  mots.  Non  qu'il  en  supprime  ou  en  d^guise 
aitiHciellement  la  complication ;  iiiais  parce  qu'il  salt  a  nier- 
veille  la  ramener  a  ses  termes  essentiels.  Nul  n'a  plus  fouilld 
le  detail  que  lui,  et  chez  nul  le  d(itail  u'est  moins  encombrant. 
Ces  theses  a  leur  tour  s'enchainent,  se  soutiennent  I'une  I'autre 
et  se  groupent  comme  d'elles-memes  en  plusieurs  ensembles 
bien  ddtinis.  Je  dirai  plus :  bien  qu'il  n'ait  jamais  essay^  d'4- 
tablir  entre  les  diverses  parties  de  son  oeuvre  des  liens  factices, 
je  crois  qu'oii  peut  affirmer  que  cette  oeuvre  elle-meme  forme 
un  tout  harmonieux,  qu'elle  est  une  non  seulement  par  les 
mdthodes  de  recherche  et  d'exposition,  mais  pour  le  fond  et  par 
sa  genfese  intime,  et  que  rien  ou  presque  rieii  n'a  ^t6  laissd  au 
liasard  dans  cette  carrifere  scientitique  si  bien  ordonn^e  et  si 
feconde. 

C'est  que  Whitney,  qui  n'a  peut-etre  jamais  ^crit  une  seule 
page  d'histoire  proprement  dite,  a  ^t^  avant  tout  historien,  que 
tout  problfeme  entre  ses  mains  devient  un  problfeme  historique. 
C'est  la,  si  je  ne  m'abuse,  ce  qui  fait  I'unitd  de  cette  belle  vie. 
Qu'il  s'agisse  du  Veda,  de  grammaire  ou  d'astronomie  hindoues, 
les  trois  grands  domaines  entre  lesquels  se  sont  partag^s  ses 
travaux  d'indianiste,  nous  le  trouvons  toujours  fermement  dta- 
bli  au  meme  point  de  vue.  D'une  part,  il  nous  fournit  les 
matdriaux,  des  textes  admirablement  ^labords,  ce  qui  est  pro- 
prement rceu\Te  du  philologue ;  d'autre  part,  il  ne  se  contente 
pas  de  les  interpreter :  il  s'applique  aussi  et  surtout  a  en  pr^- 
ciser  la  portde,  a  les  replacer  dans  leur  vrai  cadre,  a  en  faire 
saisir  la  logique  interne,  en  quoi  il  fait  oeuvre  d'historien.  Et 
avec  quelle  force,  quelle  clartd,  quelle  sobriet<^ !  Les  faits  qui 
ne  sont  que  des  faits,  il  ne  les  dddaigne  pas,  sans  doute,  et  nul 
n'a  du  en  remuer  et  noter  plus  que  lui  dans  ses  minutieuses 
enqu§tes;  mais  il  les  retient  soigneusement  dans  ses  cartons 
d'(^tude.  II  ne  nous  prdsente  que  ceux  qui  lui  out  livrd  un 
rapport,  une  indication  significative,  aprfes  avoir  ^t^  soumis  (au 


70  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN   SCHOLARS. 

prix  de  quel  patient  labeur !)  a  cette  ingdnieuse  mdthode  sta- 
tisti([ue  a  laquelle  son  nom  devrait  rester  attache,  tant  elle  a 
dtd  fdcoude  entre  ses  mains.  Dans  tons  ses  Merits,  il  serait  diffi- 
cile de  trouver  la  moindre  trace  d'^rudition  sterile,  de  vain 
dtalage.  On  a  parfois  prdtendu  qu'on  n'y  trouvait  pas  non  plus 
d'imagination.  Si  Ton  entend  par  la  qu'il  s'y  trouve  peu  de 
choses  imaginaires,  on  a  raison.  Ce  logicien  serr^,  qui  a  niontrd 
tant  de  fois  qu'il  savait  pousser  un  argument  jusqu'au  bout  et 
faire  rendre  a  un  fait  tout  son  contenu,  dtait,  en  eil'et,  singuliere- 
ment  defiant  de  I'liypothfese,  et  il  faut  convenir  aussi  que  son 
exposition  est  de  prdfdrence  logique  et  abstraite.  Mais  on 
a  tort,  si  Ton  entend  ainsi  lui  refuser  cette  autre  sorte  d'ima- 
gination (|ui  consiste  a  posseder  parfaitement  les  choses  et  a  se 
les  reprdsenter  fortement.  Cette  imagination,  Whitney  en  dtait 
doud  au  plus  haut  degrd.  II  faut  avoir,  conmie  lui,  le  sens  du 
connu  dans  toute  sa  plenitude,  pour  dprouver  de  ces  scrupules 
presqu'instinctifs  en  presence  de  I'inconnu.  De  la  I'autoritd 
de  Whitney.  Ce  don  de  force  et  de  probitd  intellectuelle,  ad- 
mirablement  unie  chez  lui  a  la  droiture  morale,  a  donn^  en 
quelque  sorte  la  trempe  a  son  vaste  savoir  et  a  son  rare  talent, 
et,  sans  nul  doute,  il  assurera  la  durde  a  ses  dcrits.  Tel  de  ses 
mdmoires  sur  le  Veda,  par  exemple,  n'a  que  trtjs  peu  vieilli,  bien 
qu'il  date  de  pres  d'un  demi-sifecle.  On  pourra,  on  pourrait  dfes 
maintenant  y  ajouter  beaucoup ;  on  n'y  trouvera  que  trfes  })eu 
k  effacer.  C'est  aussi  la  ce  qui,  avec  sa  franchise,  a  fait  de  lui 
un  si  redoutable  poldmiste.  Peut-etre  a-t-il  mis  parfois  dans 
ces  luttes  une  vivacitd  trop  upre.  Mais  qui  oserait  s'en  plain- 
dre  aujourd'hui?  Comme  je  le  disais  h.  la  fin  de  ma  notice, 
"  devant  sa  fin  prdmaturde,  il  ne  pent  rester  que  le  souvenir  du 
savant  ([ui  fnt  une  des  plus  belles  intelligences  de  notre  dpoque, 
mieux  ([ue  cela,  qui  fut  un  caract^re,  et  qui  n'a  jamais  ('crit 
une  ligne  qui  ne  fut  I'expression  d'une  conviction." 

A.  Baf.th 

de  I'lustitut. 


BARTH.   VON  BOEIITLINGK.  71 

3.  From  His  Excellencij,  Otto  vox  Boehtlingk,  Member  of  the 
Imijerlal  Academy  of  /Sciences  of  liusnia,  of  the  Moyal  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences  of  Prussia,  of  the  Royal  Saxon  Society  of 
Sciences,  etc.,  etc.,  Leij)sic,  Saxony. 

Leipzig,  den  14ten  November  1894. 

HocHGEEHRTER  Herr  PROFESSOR,  —  So  eben  erhielt  ich 
Ihren  liebenswiirdigeu  Brief,  aus  deni  ich  zu  meiner  Freude 
ersehe,  dass  verscliiedene  gelehrte  Gesellschaften  in  America 
ihren  heimgegangenen  grossen  Gelehrten  auf  eine  wiirdige 
Weise  zu  feiern  gedenken.  Von  dem  in  New  York  erscheinen- 
den  Journal  "  The  Critic  "  wurde  icli  bald  nach  Whitney's  Tode 
aufsefordert,  in  ungefahr  100  Worten  mein  Urtheil  liber  den 
Yerstorbenen  abzugeben.  Ich  kam  dieser  Aufforderung  nach, 
und  eine  Uebersetzung  dieses  Urtheils  erschien  in  dem  obenge- 
nannten  Journal  am  14ten  Juli,  auf  Seite  30.  Audi  lieute  wiisste 
ich  in  gedriingter  Form,  und  diese  erwartet  man  doch,  nichts 
Besseres  zu  sagen.  Ich  erlaube  mu',  Ihnen  dieses  Urtheil  mit- 
zutheilen,  und  diejenige  Stelle  zu  unterstreichen,  die  in  der 
englischen  Uebersetzung  arg  missverstanden  worden  ist. 

"  William  Dwight  Whitney  war  nach  meiner  Ueberzeugung 
einer  der  vielseitigsten,  scharfsinnigsten,  griindlichsten  und 
gewissenhaftesten  Sanskritisten  der  Gegenwart.  Seine  wissen- 
schaftlichen  Leistungen  sind  so  bedeiitend,  dass  noch  die  feme 
Nachwelt  sie  dankbar  benutzen  wird.  Die  zahlreiclien  pole- 
mischen  Artikel  Whitney's,  die  seinem  ungewiilmlichen  Scharf- 
sinn  ihren  Ursprung  verdanken,  sind  bisweilen  herb,  aber  im 
Grossen  und  Ganzen  gerecht.  Wer  sich  von  ihnen  unangenehm 
beriihrt  fiihlte,  mnsste  doch  schliesslich  eingestehen,  dass  cr 
diirch  sic  gefordert  worden  vmr.  Audi  idi  babe  mit  dem  Yer- 
storbenen manchen  Strauss  gehabt,  aber  nie  anfgehiirt  den  Geg- 
ner  hoch  zu  aditen  und  ihn  zu  meinen  Frennden  zu  ziihlen.  Der 
Heimgang  Whitney's  ist  ein  grosser  Yerlust  fiir  die  Wissen- 
schaft :  bei  seiner  Geistesfrische  konnte  man  noch  vieles  Be- 
deutende  von  ihm  erwarten. 

Leipzig,  den  24fen  Jnni  1894.  O.   BOEHTLTNGK 

50-jahrif^os  Elironmitfjlied  der  American  Oriental  Society." 

Empfangen  Sie,  hodigeehrter  Herr  Professor,  die  Yersiche- 
rung  meiner  ausgezeichnetsten  Hochachtung. 

Ihr  c;anz  ersebener  0.  Boehtltxgk. 


72  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGX  SCHOLARS. 

"  The  Critic's  "  translation  of  Boelitliugk's  letter  of  June  24, 
18U4.     Issue  of  July  14,  1S94. 

"  William  Dwiglit  Whitney  was  iii  my  opiuiou  one  of  the  most  many-sided, 
disceniiug,  thorough,  and  conscientious  Sanscritists  of  the  present  time.  His 
contributions  to  science  are  so  important  that  eveij  distant  posterity  will  use 
them  with  grateful  recognition.  His  numerous  polemical  articles,  which  found 
their  origin  in  his  uncommonly  clear  view,  are  at  times  rather  sharp,  but,  on 
the  whole,  just.  Whoever  was  hurt  by  his  shafts  was  obliged  to  acknowledge 
that  the  provocation  was  his  own.*  I,  too.  Lave  had  many  a  discussion  with 
him,  but  have  never  ceased  to  esteem  him  highly  and  to  count  him  among  my 
friends.  Whitney's  death  is  a  great  loss  :  from  his  unclouded  brain^-e  miglit 
still  have  expected  many  important  contributions  to  science." 


4.     From  Peter  von  Bkadke,  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and   Com- 
paratloe  I'h'doloyy,  Unirersiti/  of  Giessen,   Germany. 

GiESSEN,  den  29ten  November  1894. 

HociiOEEHRTER  Herr  COLLEGE,  —  Es  ist  mir  eine  liohe  Ehre 
dass  Sie  micli,  iin  Nanien  ties  Koniitees,  dazu  einladen,  an  der 
feierlichen  Yersammlung  zum  elirenden  Gedaclitniss  William 
Dwight  Wliitneys  iui  Geiste  theilzunehmen.  Dass  die  Wissen- 
schaft  iiber  die  Greuzen  der  Lander  iind  Volker  hinaus  verbindet 
und  ihre  Jiinger  sich  nah  und  fern,  ob  jeder  gleich  in  seiner 
Sprache  redet,  anch  iiber  den  Ocean  hinweg  versteben,  wird 
vielleicht  nirgends  so  oflenbar  als  auf  dem  orientalisclien  Wis- 
sensgebiete,  dem  die  Yielen  fern  bleiben  ;  und  die  besonderen 
Beziehungen,  welelie  in  der  indiscben  riiilologie  und  der  Sprach- 
wissenscbaft  Ibr  und  unser  Land  verkniipfen,  Beziehungen,  die 
nicht  zuletzt  und  nicht  zum  "Wenigsten  von  dem  Verewigten 
geschaffen  und  geptlegt  worden  sind,  lassen  uns  Ibren  Verlust 
als  den  nnsrigen  beklagen.  Gott  hat  dem  nun  entscblafenen 
Forscber  ein  reiches  Leben  gescbenkt,  an  Jahren  Arbeit  und 
Erfolsren  ;  und  doch  ist  er  mitten  aus  seiner  Arbeit  von  uns 
genommen,  da  wir  nocb  Grosses  von  ihm  erhofften.     Wie  der 

*  Tlie  Italic  words  arc  those  of  the  mistranslation  to  which  Boehtlingk  nllndes. 


vox   BRADKE.     BREAL.  73 

Atharva-veda  an  den  Anfiingen  seiner  wissenscliaftlichen  Lauf- 
bahn  stand  und  seine  Mitarbeit  an  unsereni  'JMiesaurus  von 
diesem  Veda  ausgegangen  ist,  so  glaubten  wir,  dass  uns  seine 
spiiteren  Jahre  eine  Uebersetzung  des  Atliarva-veda  schenken 
wiirden.  Nun  ist  er,  nach  menscliliclieni  Meinen  vor  der  Zeit, 
dahingegangen ;  seine  Werke  und  sein  Beispiel  siiid  uns 
geblieben.  Ueber  sie  niehr  zu  sagen  wiirde  mir  jetzt  und  hier 
nicht  ziemen.  Ihni  leben  die  Mitstreiter  und  Freunde  seiner 
jungen  Jahre,  aus  jener  Zeit  da  die  indische  Pliilologie  jung 
war,  und  frisch  und  unbeengt  aus  dem  Vollen  heraus  ins  Grosse 
schuf ;  und  was  William  Dwight  Whitney  den  JUngeren  war 
und  ist,  das  bewahrt  in  Ihrem  Lande  ein  grosser  Kreis  von 
Schiilern  und  Freunden  in  treueni  Gedenken,  und  wird  es  deni 
weiteren  Kreise  der  trauernden  Mitforscher  Ijesser  und  wahrer 
vermitteln  als  der  Feme  es  vermochte.  So  lassen  Sie  niicli  das 
Gedachtniss  Ihres  grossen  Gelehrten  stille  ehren. 

Indem  icli  Sie  bitte,  meinen  Dank  fiir  die  freundliclie  Ein- 
ladung  entgegennehmen  und  vermitteln  zu  wollen,  habe  icli 
die  Ehre  zu  sein 

Mit  ausgezeichneter  Hochachtung 

Ilir  ganz  ergebener 

P.  VON  Bradke. 


5.  From  Michel  Beeal,  Member  of  the  French  Institute  (Acade- 
mie  des  Inscriptions  et  Belles-Lettres) ,  Professor  of  Com- 
parative Philology  in  the  College  de  France,  Secretary  of 
the  Societe  de  Linguistique,  Paris. 

Paris,  12  novemhre  1894. 

MoxsiEUR,  —  Je  vous  remercie  de  m'avoir  associd  a  la  stance 
commemorative  que  vous  vous  proposez  de  tenir  en  I'honneur 
de  feu  M.  le  Professeur  Whitney.  S'il  m'est  impossible  d'y 
assister  de  ma  personne,  j'y  assisterai  en  esprit  et  par  la  pensde. 

La  perte  d'un  homme  tel  que  Whitney  est  un  deuil  pour  tons 
les  pays  qui  savent  le  prix  de  la  science.  On  I'a  bien  vu  tout 
n'cemraent,  au  mois  de  septembre,  au  Congres  des  Orientalistes, 


74  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

a  Genfeve,  ou  son  nom  a  6t6  mainte  fois  prononct^,  et  ou  il  m'a 
6t6  doniid  de  preter  ma  voix  au  sentiment  de  tons. 

A  rinstitut  de  France,  dont  il  dtait  Correspondant,  sa  mort 
n'a  pas  dtd  moins  ddplorde.  II  sera  difficile,  pour  remplir  sa 
place  sur  nos  listes,  de  trouver  un  homme  qui  r^unisse  a  ce 
point  les  qualit^s  du  caractfere  aux  plus  beaux  dons  de  I'esprit. 

A  la  Society  de  Linguistique  de  Paris,  ou  il  comptait  autant 
d'admirateurs  qu'elle  renferme  de  membres,  j'ai  ^t^  souvent 
tdmoin  de  Tuniverselle  considt^ration  dont  son  nom  (5tait  en- 
toure.  On  se  plaisait  a  citer  ses  opinions,  ses  apergus,  dont  la 
nettet^  ^claire  les  questions  les  plus  obscures. 

Veuillez  dune  dire  a  vos  lionorables  Confreres  que  nous 
prenons,  en  France,  notre  part  de  votre  deuil,  en  meme  temps 
que  nous  comptons  sur  les  dl^ves  formt^s  par  Wliitney  pour 
continuer  le  glorieux  sillon  qu'il  a  ouvert. 

Je  vous  prie.  Monsieur,  de  recevoir  pour  vous  et  pour  vos 
Collegues  I'assurance  de  mes  sentiments  tres  distingu^s  et  tres 
ddvouds. 

Michel  Breal 

Membre  de  I'lnstitut  de  Prance,  Secretaire  de  la  Societe  de  Linguistique  de 
Paris,  Membre  de  I'Acadeinie  des  Inscriptions  et  Belles-Lettres. 


6.  J^rojn  Karl  Brugmank,  Pmfcssnr  of  Indn-Eurnpean  Phi- 
lologij,  Univeyalty  of  Leipsic^  Saxony,  Member  of  the  Royal 
Saxon  Society  of  Sciences. 

ZUM  GEDACHTNISS  W.  D.  WHTTXEY'S. 

Der  an  micli  ergangenen  Aufforderung,  zu  der  dem  Andenken 
Whitney's  zu  widmcnden  Tagung  mehrerer  amerikanischer 
Gelelirtengesellscliaften  eine  Aeusserung  von  mir  dariiber  ein- 
zusenden,  welche  Stellung  dem  Verstniliem'n  in  der  Gescliichte 
der  indogermanisclien  Spracliforschung  anzuw('isen  sei,  komme 
icli  mit  Freuden  nach.  War  doeh  in  jenen  .Tahren,  da  man  im 
Mutterlanile  der  Indogermanistik  auf  eine  grlindliche  Bevision 
der  Forschungsmethode  und  auf  die  Herstellung  einer  ans;emes- 


BRfiAL.     BRUGMANN.  75 

senen  Wechselwirkimg  zwischen  Sprachphilosophie  imd  Special- 
forscliung  drang,  inir  wie  anderen  jiingereu  Gelehrten  Whitney 
im  Streit  der  Meinungen  ein  Wegweiser,  desseii  Zuveiiiissigkeit 
ausser  Frage  stand  und  dessen  Winkeu  man  stets  mit  reichem 
Nutzen  folgte,  iind  hat  sich  mir  doch  die  hohe  Meinimg,  die  ich 
von  Whitney  in  meinen  Lehrjahren  gewann,  im  Lauf  der  Zeit 
nur  befestigt.  So  mogen  diese  anspruchslosen  Zeilen  vor  allem 
als  ein  Dankeszoll  erscheinen,  den  ein  deutscher  Fachgenosse 
dem  heimgegangeuen  grossen  Gelehrten  darbringt. 

Die  Fordenmg,  welche  die  indogermanische  Sprachwissen- 
schaft  durch  Whitney  erfahren  hat,  ist  einerseits  durch  seine 
Thiitigkeit  als  Sanskritist,  anderseits  durch  seine  Erforschung 
der  Grundfragen  des  Sprachlebens  bedingt. 

Von  dem,  was  Whitney  auf  dem  weiten  Felde  der  indischen 
Philologie  geleistet  hat,  beriihreu  die  Sprachwissenschaft  am 
niichsten  seine  Mitwirkung  an  dem  grossen,  von  Bohtlingk  und 
Eoth  herausgegebenen  Petersburger  Worterbuch  (1852-1875), 
seine  mit  Uebersetzung  und  Commentar  versehene  Ausgabe  des 
Atharvaveda-Pratigakliya  (1862)  und  des  Tnittirlya-Prati^akhya 
(1871)  und  seine  Sanskrit  Grammar  (1879)  mit  dem  als  beson- 
deres  Buch  erschienenen  Anhang  "  Roots,  Verb-forms,  and 
Primary  Derivatives  of  the  Sanskrit  Language"  (1885).  Das 
Wichtigste  ist  die  Sanskritgrammatik.  In  der  langen  Reilie 
der  Grammatiken,  die  die  europaisch-amerikanische  Indologie 
aufzuweisen  hat,  ist  sie  von  geradezu  epochemachender  Bedeu- 
tung  gewesen.  Denn  sie  war  die  erste,  die  nicht  die  Lehren 
der  indischen  Nationalgrammatiker,  sondern  den  in  den  Littera- 
turwerken  vorliegenden,  von  uns  unmittelbar  zu  beobachtenden 
Sprachgebrauch  zum  Fundament  der  Darstellung  machte,  urid 
die  erste  zugleich,  die  die  Jiltere  Sprache,  wie  sie  uns  in  Veda 
und  Brahmana's  entgegentritt,  systematisch  in  die  Behandlung 
einschloss.  Liisst  nun  Whitney  hier  wie  in  alien  seinen  Bei- 
triigen  zur  indischen  Sprachwissenschaft  grundsatzlich  die 
verwandten  Sprachen  bei  Seite,  und  hat  er  der  traditionellen 
Methode  der  Darstellung  der  indischen  Spracherscheinungen 
Zugestandnisse  gemacht,  die  bisweilen  vielleiclit  liber  das 
N(')tige  und  Wiinschenswerte  hinausgehen,  so  sind  diese  Ar- 
beiten    doch    nicht   bloss   fiir   die   Indologie   von    Bedeutunjr, 


s^califok-ax' 


76  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

sondem  sie  haben  audi  die  allgemeinindogermanische  Sprach- 
wissenschaft  niclit  unerheblich  geftirdert  und  werdeu  sie  iioch 
waiter  fordern.  Icli  verweise  nur  auf  die  Wiclitigkeit,  die 
gerade  die  iiltesteu  Dialekte  des  Indisclien  fiir  den  Indoger- 
nianisten  liaben,  uud  auf  den  Nutzen,  der  diesem  aus  der  von 
"Wliitney  gebotenen,  auf  die  iilteren  accentuierten  Texte  sicli 
stiitzenden  Darstellung  der  Aecentverhaltnisse  erwiichst. 

So  schuldet  die  Indogermanistik  Whitney,  dem  Sanskritisten, 
der  ihr  ein  reiches,  philologisch  gesichertes  Sprachniaterial 
zuganglich  gemacht  und  zahlreiche  Aufgaben  zur  Bearbeitung 
unterbreitet  hat,  grossen  Dank.  Aber  grosseren  nocli,  wie  ich 
meine,  hat  sich  Whitney  durch  die  Anregungen  verchuut,  die 
seine  Behandhmg  der  Principienfragen  der  Sprachgeschichte 
den  Indogermanisten  gegeben  hat.  Diese  Forschungen  sind 
ausser  in  einer  Anzahl  von  kleineren  Abhandkmgen  in  den 
beiden  Blichern  "  Language  and  the  Study  of  Language  :  Twelve 
Lectures  on  the  Principles  of  Linguistic  Science"  (1867)^  und 
"  Life  and  Growth  of  Language  "  (1875)  niedergelegt,  die  unserm 
deutschen  Publikuni  durch  geschickte  Bearbeitungen  von  Jolly 
und  Leskien  naher  gebracht  worden  sind. 

Es  gibt  freilich  einige  angesehene  Sprachforscher,  die,  wie 
sie  flir  die  allgemeinen  Fragen  der  Sprachwissensohaft  wenig 
iibrig  haben,  so  audi  den  aus  einer  Klarlegung  der  Principien- 
fragen zu  ziehenden  methodologischen  Gewinn  iiberall  gering- 
schatzen.  Sie  werden  niein  Urtheil  liber  den  Einfluss,  den 
Whitney's  sprachtheoretische  Werke  auf  die  indogernianische 
Sprachforschung  ausgeiiljt  hat,  bemangeln,  und  so  muss  ich, 
ehe  ich  auf  diesen  Einfluss  naher  eingehe,  Folgendes  voraus- 
schicken.  Ich  bin,  gleichwie  jene  Gelehrten,  der  Ansicht,  dass 
in  der  Sprachforschung  das  Beste  die  natiirliche  Begabung,  der 
mehr  angeborene  als  anerzogene  glUckliche  Instinkt  zu  Wege 
bringt.  Aber  ich  meine  zugleich,  Genie  allein  tliut's  nicht. 
Audi  der  Begabteste  bedarf,  wenn  er  liber  die  einzelnen  Ereis;- 
uisse  einer  Sprachentwicklung  speculieren  will,  einer  Kennt- 

^  Diese  Vorlesungen  waren  hereits  im  Marz  1864  und  in  den  Monaten  Decem- 
her  1804  und  Januar  1865  gohalten  worden.  Die  ersten  siehen  sind  auch  unter 
dem  Titel  "  Lanj^fuajje  and  its  Study  with  Especial  Reference  to  the  Indo- 
European  Family  of  Language.*!,"  London  1876,  erschienen. 


BRUGMANX.  77 

niss  des  Wesens  der  Krafte,  durch  die  die  geschichtlichen 
Thatsaclien  geschaffen  siud.  Nur  die  durch  diese  allgemeiiiere 
BilduiiCT  ermui'iichte  Selbstcontrole  und  Selbstkritik  bewahrt 
ihn  vor  den  Willkuiiicbkeiteu  uud  Irrtuinern,  denen  eine  robe 
Eiiipirie  alleiitbalben  ausgesetzt  ist.  Und  halt  mil-  nun  jemand 
entgegen,  dass  die  heutzutage  tbatigen  ludogermauisten  doch  so 
ziemlich  alle  dieselbe  Methode  befolgeu  und  dass  VorziigUches 
in  weitem  Unifang  aucb  die  leisten,  welche  die  eingebendere 
und  systematische  Beschaftigung  nut  den  Gruudfragen  von  sich 
weisen  und  sagen,  sie  bedlirften  von  dieser  Seite  her  keiner  An- 
leituner,  so  antworte  ich :  nur  infolge  davon  sind  diese  in  ibren 
Specialuntersucbungen  dem  Scbicksal,  das  deu  einer  allgeniei- 
neren  spracbwissenschaftlichen  BikUmg  Ermangelnden  be- 
droht,  nicbt  baufiger  verf alien,  dass  sie  die  Forscbungsmethode 
der  Andern  sich  ausserlich  —  und  grosstentheils  wohl  vollig 
unbewusst  —  nachahmend  angeeignet  haben.  So  hat  denn  die 
Principienforschung  audi  auf  sie  heilsamen  Eintluss  geiibt,  nur 
mittelbar. 

Als  Whitney  mit  seinen  principienwissenscbaftlichen  Werken 
hervortrat,  war  die  indogermanische  Sprachwissenschaft  noch 
wenicr  iilier  ibr  Heimatland  binausCTedrungen.  Durch  einii^e 
Deutsche  aber,  die  als  Indogermanisten  oder,  wie  man  danials 
noch  aUgemein  sagte,  vergleichende  Sprachforscher  hobes  An- 
sehen  genossen,  waren  Anscbauungen  iiber  die  menschliche 
Sprache  verbreitet  worden,  die  jedes  grlindlicbere  Nachdenken 
iiber  die  realen  Faktoren  und  die  allgemeinen  Bedinwungen 
ihres  geschichtlichen  Werdens  vermissen  lassen ;  die  von  W. 
von  Humboldt  inaugurierte  Sprachphilosophie  war  in  der  Hand 
einiger  hervorragenden  Indogermanisten  nicbt  in  gliicklicber 
Pflege.  Lag  doch  freilich  audi  gerade  fiir  sie,  die  in  der  Er- 
forsclumg  L'ingst  vergangener  Spracbentwicklungen  ibren 
Schwerpunkt  batten,  die  Gefahr,  auf  Abwege  zu  geraten,  be- 
sonders  nahe.  Sie  liessen  sich  durcli  die  leeren  Abstractionen 
und  Metaphern  tauscben,  zu  denen  das  schriftlicbe  Abbild 
der  Sprache  im  Verein  mit  der  altiiberlieferten  Terminologie 
der  Specialgrammatik  ununterbrochen  verfiihrt,  indem  jene, 
zwischen  das  Auge  des  Beobachters  und  die  Dinge  selbst  sich 
stellend,  die  wahre  Xatur  der  Vorgiinffe  verschleiern.     Zwar  bat 


78  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

sich  von  den  hervorragenderen  deutschen  Forschern,  die  mit 
spraohtlieoretischen  P^rtirterunjfeu  vor  das  Publikuni  trateii, 
einer  dauernd  von  solchen  Illusionen  frei  zu  lialten  verstauden, 
Heymann  Steinthal.  Aber  der  war  zu  einseitig  riiilosoph, 
blieb  zu  einseitig  im  Allgenieiuen  stehen,  um  in  weiterem  Um- 
fang  auf  die  Ddtailforscliung  einwirken  zu  konuen,  und  er 
berlicksichtigte  audi  zu  wenig  gerade  das  Moment  ini  Sprach- 
leben,  auf  dessen  Klarlegung  die  Specialforscher  vor  AUem 
auszugehen  liatten,  das  Entwickluugsgeschichtliche.  Da  war 
denu  unter  den  Indogermanisteu  Whitney  der  erste,  der  wahr- 
haft  gesunde,  von  alleni  phantastischen  und  triibenden  Schein 
freie  Anschauungen  iiljer  das  Wesen  der  Sprachgeschiclite  dem 
Publikum  vorlegte. 

Diese  Ansichten  erschienen  wohl  im  Anfang  diesem  und 
jenem,  der  von  der  Lektiire  anderer  Werke  liber  denselben 
Gegenstand,  namentlich  von  der  Lektiire  von  Max  Miiller's 
Vorlesungen  herkam,  als  allzu  niichtern,  wenn  nicht  gar  als  zu 
platt.  Aber  es  ist  hier  Whitney  nicht  anders  gegangen  als 
anderen  Denkern,  die  einfache,  wenn  auch  nicht  bekannte  und 
sewiirdigte  Walirheiten  zum  ersten  Male  in  einfache  Worte  zu 
kleiden  verstanden  haben.  Alle  wahrhaft  Sachverstandigen 
freuten  sich  der  wohlthatigen  Niichternlieit  und  Klarlieit  der 
Whitney'schen  Darlegungen,  und  bald  stand  das  Urtlieil  fest, 
dass  etwas  Besseres  iiber  Sprachgeschiclite  bis  dahin  nicht 
vorgebracht  sei. 

Das  Wichtigste,  was  Whitney  lehrte,  war  etwa  Folgendes. 
Wenn  man  der  Sprache  eine  selbstiindige  Existenz,  gewisse 
Thiitigkeiten,  gewisse  Neigungen  oder  Launen,  eine  Fahigkeit 
der  Anpassung  an  die  Bediirfnisse  des  Menschen  und  der- 
gleichen  mehr  zuschreibt,  so  sind  das  figiirliche  Ausdriicke. 
Sie  bezeichnen  nicht  die  Sache  selbst,  und  man  darf  sich  nicht 
durch  sie  verblenden  lassen.  In  Wirklichkeit  lebt  die  Sprache 
nur  in  der  Seele  und  auf  den  Lippen  derer,  die  sie  sprechen. 
Alle  Veriinderungen  in  der  Fortentwicklung  der  Sprachen 
dienen  der  Befriedigung  von  Bediirfnissen  des  menschlichen 
Geistes.  Doch  waltet  daliei  so  gut  wie  nie  bewusste  Absicht, 
(larum  ist  die  Sju-ache  kein  Kunstprodukt.  Sie  ist  aber  auch 
kein  Xaturprodukt.     Da  alles,  was  die  Sprache  eines  Yolkes 


BRUGMANN.  79 

ausmacht,  aus  seelisclier  Thiitigkeit  entspringt  imd  auf  einer 
langen  Kette  von  vorausgegangeiien  Processen  berulit,  bei  denen 
immer  der  menschliche  Geist,  mag  er  audi  noch  so  sehr  vou 
ausseren  Factoren  bestimmt  wordeii  sein,  selb.st  das  eigentliche 
Agens  gevvesen  ist,  so  ist  die  Sprache  iiiclits  anderes  als  eine 
menschliche  Einrichtung  (an  institution).  Und  so  ist  die 
Spiachwissenschaft  eine  historische  oder  Geisteswissenschaft 
(a  historical  or  moral  science).  Nur  eine  obertlachliche  Be- 
trachtung  hat  sie  zu  einer  naturwissenschat'tlichen  Disciplin 
stempeln  konnen.^  In  der  Sprache  spiegelt  sich  also  niclit 
nur  das  geschichtliclie  Leben  der  Volker,  sondern  sie  ist  auch 
ein  Theil  desselben,  und  wie  es  die  Aufgabe  der  Sprach- 
forscher  ist,  vermittelst  aller  ihnen  zugjinglichen  geschichtlichen 
Zeugnisse  den  Entwicklungsgang  der  einzelnen  Sprachen  zu 
erforschen  und  darzustellen,  so  ist  auch  nur  dann  zu  richtigen 
Anschauungen  iiber  das  Sprachleben  liberhaupt  zu  gelangen, 
wenn  man  sich  die  Sprache  immer  als  etwas  in  der  Geschichte 
sich  Entwickelndes  und  in  fortwiihrendem  Umbildungsprocess 
Befindliches  vorstellt.  Die  einzelnen  Veriinderungen  vollziehen 
sich  nur  langsam  und  ohne  dass  sie  den  Sprechenden  selbst 
zum  Bewusstsein  kommen.  Sie  konnen  nicht  durchdringen, 
wenn  sie  von  dem  bestehenden  Sprachgebrauch  allzu  stark 
abweichen;  nur  was  sich  dem  Sprachgefiihl  Aller  empfiehlt, 
kann  obsiegen  und  zur  Allgemeitigiltigkeit  durchdringen.  Bei 
noch  so  grosser  Yerschiedenheit  aber  der  ausseren  Verhiiltnisse 
beruhen  die  Yeranderungen  der  Sprachen  allenthalben  auf  den 
gleichen  (iesetzen  und  der  gleichen  Art  ihrer  Wirksamkeit. 

Damit  war  im  Wesentlicheu  das  Fundament  gelegt  zu  einer 
angemessenen  Behandlung  der  sprachgeschichtlichen  Prin- 
cipienlehre,  und  Whitney  selbst  hat  manche  dahin  gehorige 
Einzelfrage,  theils  in  den  genannten  grosseren  Werken  theils 
in  besonderen  kleineren  Abhandlungen,  in  klarer  und  umsich- 
tiger  Weise  erortert.  Er  ist  sich  aber  auch  des  hodegetischen 
und  methodologischen  Gewinnes  bew^usst  gewesen,  der  aus 
diesen  Untersuchungen  fiir  die  Einzelforschung  zu  holen  ist. 

1  Gegen  diese  Verkehrtheit  hat  "Whitney  noch  cinmal  zwei  Jalire  vor  seinem 
Tofle  anftreten  miissen  in  der  Sclirift  "Max  JIUller  and  the  Science  of  Lan- 
giiage  "  (New  York,  1892),  p.  23,  sqq. 


80  LETTERS   FROM   FORETHX   SCHOLARS. 

Schon  im  Jahre  1867,  im  Vorwort  zu  "  Language  and  the  Study 
of  Language,"  sagt  er :  "  It  is,  I  am  convinced,  a  mistake  to 
commence  at  once  upon  a  course  of  detailed  comparative 
philology  with  pupils  who  have  only  enjoyed  the  ordinary 
training  in  the  classical  or  the  modern  languages,  or  in  Loth. 
They  are  liable  either  to  fail  of  apprehending  the  value  and 
interest  of  the  intinity  of  particulars  into  which  they  are 
plunged,  or  else  to  become  wholly  absorbed  ni  them,  losing 
sight  of  the  grand  truths  and  principles  which  underlie  and 
give  significance  to  their  work,  and  the  recognition  of  which 
ought  to  govern  its  course  throughout."  Es  hat  laiige  gedauert, 
bis  dieser  Appell  an  die  Universitiitslehrer  in  weiterem  Unifang 
Nacliachtung  fand,  und  noch  heute  hat  er  sie  nicht  uberall 
gefunden. 

Als  Sanskritist  hat  sich  Whitney  von  dem  Boden  der  sta- 
tistischen  und  descriptiven  Sprachbehandlung  kaum  je  entfernt, 
und  so  hat  er  selber  hier  die  praktischen  Folgerungen  seiner 
allgemeinen  Lehren  liber  Sprachentwicklung  nicht  gezogen.^ 
Aber  er  hat  Andere,  Specialforscher  in  verschiedenen  Theilen 
des  indogermanischen  Sprachgebietes,  dazu  angeregt,  seine 
Erkentnisse  w^eiterhin  nutzbar  zu  machen.  Diesen  Einlluss  im 
Einzelnen  genauer  darzulegen,  ist  freilich,  der  Natur  der  Sache 
nach,  nicht  wohl  moglich  ;  er  kann  nicht  mit  der  Elle  gemessen 
werden.  Dass  er  aber  ein  erheblicher  war,  lasst  sich  nicht  in 
Abrede  stellen.  Bald  nach  dem  Erscheinen  von  Whitney's 
Hauptwerk  begann  in  Deutschland  unter  den  Indogermanisten 
die  Bewegung,  die  sich  gegen  eine  Anzahl  von  weitverbreiteten 
methodischen  Eehlern  der  Forschung  wendete,  welche  ganz 
vorzugsweise  in  den  von  Whitney  aufgedeckten  Yerirrungen 
ihre  Wurzel  batten.  Und  wenn  Anregungen  zu  dieser  Bewe- 
gung und  Fiirderung  fiir  sie  audi  noch  von  anderen  Soiten  her 
kamen  (namentlich  aiis  dem  Kreise  derjenigen  (Tclehrten,  die 
sich  um  die  Aufhellung  neuerer  indogermanischer  Sprach- 
entwicklungen,  der  germanischen,  romanischen  und  slavischen, 
bemlihten),  so  diirfen  die  von  Whitney  ausgegangenen  doch 
vielleicht  als  die  wichtigsten   und   nachhaltigsten   bezeichnet 

1  Wie  weit  er  es  etwa  in  miindlicher  Lehre  .^einen  Scliiilern  gegeniibcr  gethan 
hat,  pntzieht  sich  nieiiier  Kenntniss. 


BRUGMANN.    BUHLER.  81 

werden,  Aiif  dieser  Bewegung  aber  Ijenihen  grossentheils  die 
bedeuteiideii  Fortschritte,  die  die  iiiddgermanische  Sprach- 
forschung  seit  den  siebenziger  Jalireii  unseres  Jahrlmnderts 
geiuacht  hat. 

Leipzig,  25.  November  1894. 

Karl  Brugmann. 


7.  From  Georg  Buhler,  Professor  of  Indlc  PltUology  and  An- 
tiquities, University  of  Vienna,  Austria,  Member  of  the  Iin- 
jjerial  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Austria. 

Zurich,  December  16,  1894. 

Pear  Sir,  —  I  sincerely  sympathize  with  the  idea  of  the 
American  Orientalists  to  devote  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Society  to  the  memory  of  their  late  master  and  chief,  Professor 
W.  D.  Whitney,  whose  recent  death  all  European  Sanskritists 
deeply  deplore  with  their  American  colleagues.  And  I  gladly 
accept  your  invitation  to  take  part  in  this  (^raddha,  this  rite  of 
reverence  and  devotion,  by  sending  an  expression  of  my  high 
and  sincere  regard  for  Professor  Whitney's  most  eminent 
services  to  our  branch  of  learning. 

Among  the  many  great  and  excellent  qualities  distinguish- 
ing Professor  Whitney,  none  strikes  me  so  forcibly  as  his  truly 
scientific  turn  of  mind,  which  impelled  him  to  strive  for  full 
clearness  and  scrupulous  exactness  in  all  his  work  and  writ- 
ings, and  to  combat  fearlessly  and  with  signal  success  all 
tendencies  to  surround  difficult  problems  with  a  mystic  veil 
of  obscurity  or  to  escape  from  them  by  a  liberal  employment 
of  fine  phrases. 

To  this  same  precious  quality  we  owe  Professor  Whitney's 
admirable  editions  and  translations  of  Sanskrit  works,  which 
are  models  of  accuracy  and  true  scholarship,  and  to  this  we 
owe  Ids  great  reform  of  Sanskrit  grammar,  the  most  import- 
ant that  has  been  introduced  since  its  study  was  taken  up  by 
European  scholars.     The  conscientious  and  masterly  manner 


82  LETTERS   FROM   FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

in  which  the  statistical  method  has  been  applied  to  the  eluci- 
dation of  the  language  of  the  lirahmans  and  of  its  history  in 
Professor  Whitney's  "  Sanskrit  Grammar  "  will  make  his  name 
unforgotten  among  Sauskritists  and  linguists.  New  discoveries 
of  ancient  manuscripts  or  of  other  materials  may  cause  editions 
and  translations  of  Sanskrit  works  to  become  antiquated,  but 
no  grammarian  of  the  future  will  be  able  to  dispense  with  the 
method  first  applied  to  Sanskrit  by  Professor  Whitney,  and 
every  one  of  them  will  be  compelled  to  have  recourse  to  his 
works  in  order  to  learn  how  to  apply  it. 

Begging  you  once  more  to  assure  our  colleagues  of  my  fullest 
and  heartiest  sympathy,  I  remain, 

Yours  sincerely, 

G.   BtJHLER. 


8.  From  Edward  B.  Cowell,  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and  Fel- 
low of  Cor^ms  Christl  College,  University  of  Cambridge, 
England. 

Cambridge,  November  19,  1894. 

My  dear  Sir, — Your  letter  of  the  9th  interested  me  very 
much  indeed,  and  I  shall  think  often  of  the  meeting  of  the 
American  Oriental  Society  on  the  27th  and  28th  of  December, 
and  wish  that  I  could  be  present.  I  would  gladly  have  sent 
a  letter  to  express  my  affectionate  reverence  for  Professor 
Whitney,  and  my  deep  sense  of  the  loss  Oriental  learning  has 
sustained  by  his  death ;  1  )ut  I  really  have  no  leisure  to  give  to 
it.  My  time  is  just  now  fully  occupied,  as  I  am  busy  with  my 
translation  of  tlie  Harsha  Carita  and  the  joint  translation  of 
the  Pali  Jataka,  in  addition  to  my  usual  lectures,  so  that  I  dare 
not  undertake  anything  liesides.  Professor  Whitney's  career 
was  one  of  such  lirilliant  originality  in  so  many  different  direc- 
tions that  it  could  not  be  lightly  touched  upon.  To  treat  it 
properly,  it  must  be  carefully  examined.  It  would  offer  so 
many  suggestive  topics  that  I  could  not  bear  to  handle  it  care- 


BiJlILEll.     COWELL.     DELBRUCK.  83 

lessly;    so  that  I  feel  I  must  be  silent.     Silent  respect  and 
esteem  seem  to  me  to  express  best  my  own  feelings. 
I  remain,  my  dear  Sir, 

Yours  sincerely, 

E.  B.  CowELL. 


9.  From  Bekthold  Delbrijck,  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and  Com- 
parative Fhilolofjij,  Unicersity  of  Jena,  Germany,  Member 
of  the  Royal  Saxon  Society  of  Sciences. 

Jena,  1.  December  1894. 

Als  ich  vor  dreissig  Jahren  anfing,  mich  mit  dem  Veda  zu 
beschaftigen,  war  W.  D.  Wliitney  bereits  eine  fest  umschrie- 
bene  wissenschaftliclie  Personlichkeit,  zu  der  ich  voll  Vereh- 
rung  hinaufsah.  Er  lieferte  Beitriige  zu  dem  grossen  Boehtlingk- 
Roth'schen  Sanskritworterbuch,  auf  das  wir  alle  stolz  sind,  er 
hatte  eine  damals  viel  benutzte  vedische  Concordanz  zusam- 
mengestellt,  er  hatte  im  Verein  mit  Roth  einen  schwer  zugiing- 
lichen  vedischen  Text  herausgegeben,  und  ein  Stiick  indischer 
Gelehrsamkeit,  das  sich  mit  der  Textgestaltung  dieses  Buches 
beschaftigte,  iibersetzt  und  erklart.  Im  Jahre  1871  folgte  ein 
zweites  dieser  sogenannten  Pratiqakhyen,  das  zu  einem  anderen 
Yedatext  gehort.  Diese  Art  von  Arbeiten,  durch  welche  er 
sich  einen  Ehrenplatz  in  der  Geschichte  der  indischen  Philolo- 
gie  erworben  hat,  hat  Whitney  audi  spater  fortgesetzt.  So  hat 
er  z.  B.  im  Jahre  1881  einen  uniibertrefflich  geordneten  Wort- 
index  zum  Atharva-veda  geliefert.  Etwa  von  der  Mitte  der 
70er  Jahre  an  aber  nahm  die  Grammatik  in  seiner  Beschaf- 
tigung  einen  immer  grosseren  Raum  ein.  Das  Hauptwerk 
dieser  Periode  ist  seine  Sanskritgrammatik  nebst  dem  dazu 
gehorigen,  auf  hochst  umfassenden  Studien  beruhenden,  mus- 
terliaft  genauen  Verzeichniss  der  in  der  indischen  Literatur  wirk- 
lich  belegten  Yerbalformen.  Seine  Grammatik  ist  unzweifel- 
haft  das  beste  Lehrbuch  des  Sanskrit,  das  wir  besitzen.  Sie  wird 
gewiss  noch  fiir  lange  Zeit  die  leitende  Stellung  behalten,  bis 
sie  von  einer  vergleichend-historischen  Beschreibung  des  San- 


84  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

skrit  abgeldst  werden  wird,  denn  eine  solche  stellt  sie  niclit  dar. 
Man  muss  sie  vielinelir  mit  den  besten  Arbeiten  vergleiclien,  die 
auf  deni  classisch-philologischeu  Gebiet  entstanden  sind,  etwa 
den  Arbeiten  von  Madvig  oder  Kriiger.  Neben  diesen  grossen, 
der  indischen  Welt  gewidmeten  Werken  ging  noch  vieles 
nebenher,  iiber  das  andere  berichten  werden ;  ich  mochte  nur 
noch  die  Flille  von  Eecensioneu  erwiihnen,  mit  denen  er  als 
gewissenhafter  und  unermiidlicher  Kritiker  die  Produkte  einer 
inimer  zunehmenden,  verschiedeuen  Nationen  angehorigen  phi- 
lulugischen  Thiitigkeit  begleitete.  Es  wird  wohl  wenig  geben, 
das  man  diesen  Kecensionen  an  die  Seite  setzen  kdnnte.  Ich 
wlirde  sie  als  beinahe  vollkomnien  in  ilirer  Art  bezeichnen, 
wenn  niclit  bisweilen  das  Unwiclitige  mit  demselben  gewissen- 
haften  Ernst  behandelt  wiire,  wie  das  Wichtige. 

Soil  ich  nun  versuchen,  audi  meinerseits  einen  Beitrag  zur 
Charakteristik  seiner  Personlichkeit  zu  geben,  so  mochte  ich 
mich  etwa  so  ausdriicken.  W.  I).  Whitney  war  niclit  eine 
von  jeuen  genialen  Persbiilichkeiten,  bei  denen  die  grossen 
Gedanken  plotzlich  aus  dunkler  Tiefe  hervorbrechen.  Seine 
Thatigkeit  voUzog  sich  durchaus  in  deni  geordneten  Eeiche  des 
Verstandes.  Sein  Wesen  wird  nicht  vorzugsweise  durch  Phan- 
tasie,  sondern  durch  Intelligenz  und  Charakter  gekennzeichnet. 
Sein  Verstand  war  ruliig,  scliarf,  siclier  und  selbstvertrauend. 
Kein  Mann  war  geneigter  als  er,  Griinde  zu  vernehmeii  und 
auf  sich  wirken  zu  lasseii  ;  wenn  er  aber  nach  reiflicher 
Ueberlegun"  entschieden  hatte,  vermochte  ihii  keine  Autoritiit 
mehr  zu  beunruhigen,  mochte  sie  nun  jung  oder  Jahrtausende 
alt  sein.  Fleiss  und  Gewissenhaftigkeit  waren  bei  ihm  erstaun- 
licli,  sie  wandten  sich  auf  das  Kleine,  wie  auf  das  Grosse.  Auf 
seine  Citate  kann  man  sich  durchweg  verlassen.  Druckfehler 
cehoren  in  seinen  Werken  zu  den  Seltenheiten.  Wie  er  als 
Lehrer  gewirkt  hat,  vermag  ich  aus  eigener  Anschauung  nicht 
zu  sagen.  Es  ist  mtiglich,  dass  er  die  Masse  nicht  anregte,  aber 
sicherlich  ist  er  ein  wissenschaftlicher  Erzieher  ersten  Ranges 
gewesen,  der  seinen  Schiilern  vor  alien  Dingen  die  Grundsiitze 
der  hochsten  wissenschaftlichen  Soliditiit  eiiipriigte.  So  ist  [er] 
denn  das  verehrte  Haupt  einer  Schule  geworden.  Sein  Ein- 
fluss  aber  erstreckte  sich  weiter.     In  gewissem  Sinne  gehuren 


DELBRtCK.     GARBE.  85 

wir  alle  zu  seinen  Schiilern.  Wir  Deutschen  danken  ihm  noch 
besonders,  dass  er  an  erster  Stelle  dazii  beigetrageu  hat,  die 
Yerbiiidimix  zwischeu  der  deutscheu  iiiid  amehkaiiischeii  Phi- 
lologie  zu  einer  so  engeu  zu  macheu,  wie  sie  jetzt  schwerlich 
zwischen  den  Gelehiteii  zweier  anderer  Natioueu  besteht. 

B.  Delbruck. 


10.     From  Richard  Garbe,  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and  Compara- 
tive Philology,  University  of  Konigsberg,  Prussia. 

KoxiGSBERG,  30.  November  1894. 

HocHGEEHRTER  Herr, — Ihrem  Wunsche,  von  mir  einige 
Worte  iiber  den  verstorbeuen  Professor  W.  D.  Whitney  zu 
erlialten,  entspreche  ich  gern,  wiewohl  ich  iiberzeugt  bin,  dass 
ich  nur  zum  Ausdruck  bringen  werde,  was  in  Deutschland  alle 
diejenigen  empfinden,  die  durch  den  Tod  des  unvergesslichen 
Mannes  betrofl'en  sind. 

Obgleich  Professor  WMtney  auf  den  verschiedensten  Gebie- 
ten  grundlegend  gearbeitet  uud  Segen  gestiftet  hat,  gilt  er  uns 
Deutschen  doch  vorzugsweise  als  Indologe.  Was  er  in  diesem 
Fache  geleistet  hat,  ist  zu  bekannt,  als  dass  ich  die  Arbeiten 
im  Einzelnen  nennen  und  rUhmeu  diirfte.  Whitney  hat  sein 
ganzes  Leben  hindurch  als  ein  Vorkampfer  der  Eichtung 
gewirkt,  welche  das  Verstandniss  der  altindischen  Texts 
in  der  Hauptsache  durch  die  Texte  selbst  gewinnen  will 
und  die  Erkliirungen  der  einheimischen  Commentare  nur  mit 
grosser  Yorsicht  in  Betracht  zieht.  Die  Eichtigkeit  dieser 
Methode  ist  heute  allgemein  anerkannt,  wenn  audi  iiber  das 
Maass  der  Beriicksichtignng,  die  den  Commentaren  zu  zollen 
ist,  noch  Meinungsverschiedenheiten  bestehen.  Ebenso  hat 
Professor  Wliitney  mit  grosserer  Energie  als  irgend  einer  seiner 
Mitforscher  dahin  gewirkt,  dass  die  Darstellung  der  gramma- 
tischen  Formen  des  Sanskrit  auf  die  LiteraturdenkmJiler  selbst 
gegriindet  werde  und  nicht  auf  die  Angaben  der  indischen 
Nationalgrammatiker.  Es  diirfte  wohl  heutzutage  ziemlich 
allgemein  die  Anschauung  herrschen,  dass  Whitney  in  seiner 


86  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

Almeirfung  gegen  die  indischen  Grammatiker  zu  weit  gegaiigen 
ist,  weun  er  die  bis  jetzt  aus  der  Literatur  iiiclit  belegteu 
Formen,  die  sich  bei  jenen  linden,  in  der  grossen  Mehrzalil  f  iir 
Fiktiunen  erklUit  hat.  Und  docli  liegt  auch  in  der  Art,  wie  er 
dies  gethau  und  begriindet  hat,  ein  grosses  Verdienst ;  denn  er 
hat  die  Frage  imnier  aufs  Neue  angeregt,  und  bewirkt,  dass  sie 
ihrer  Ltisung  niiher  gebracht  ist.  Und  wenn  die  LiJsung  schliess- 
lich  anders  ausfallt,  als  Whitney  geglaubt  hat,  so  wiirde  er 
selbst  zweifellos  dariiber  nicht  verstininit  gewesen  sein.  Denn 
wer  Whitney  kannte,  der  weiss,  dass  er  inimer  nur  nach  der 
Wahrheit  und  nach  nichts  als  der  Wahrheit  gestrebt  hat.  Sein 
Kriticismus  —  vielleicht  die  characteristischste  Seite  seines 
Wesens  —  hat  mich  oft  an  Lessing  erinnert ;  und  Lessmg  hat 
bekanntlich  den  Satz  ausgesprochen,  dass  es  gleichgiltig  sei,  ob 
man  selbst  die  Wahrheit  finde  oder  ob  der  eigene  Irrthuiu  der 
Anlass  sei,  dass  ein  anderer  sie  finde. 

Professor  Whitney's  Name  ist  nicht  nur  mit  den  verschie- 
densten  Zweigen  der  Indologie  unloslich  verbunden ;  Whitney 
liat  audi  als  Erzieher  auf  die  jiingeren  Fachgenossen  gewirkt ; 
denn  er  hat  uns  durch  sein  Vorbild  gelehrt,  die  peinlichste 
Genauigkeit  zu  iiben,  alien  tauschenden  Schein  zu  meiden,  deu 
Dincfen  immer  auf  deu  Grund  zu  oehen.  Aber  er  hat  uns  da- 
neben  auch  gelehrt,  Entsagung  zu  iiben  —  Eutsagung  insofern, 
als  man  sich  im  Dienste  der  Wissenschaft  auch  langwierige,  er- 
mlidende  mechanische  Arbeiten,  sobald  sie  sich  als  nothwendig 
erweisen,  nicht  verdriessen  lassen  soil.  Dass  Whitney  eine 
Eeihe  solcher  Arbeiten  in  mustergiltiger  Form  vollendet  hat, 
ist  eineni  so  reichen  Geiste  doppelt  hoch  anzurechnen. 

Alle  Wissenschaft  ist  international.  Trotzdeni  empfinden 
■wir  nicht  selten  die  Arbeits-  und  Darstellungsweise  hervor- 
ragender  auslandischer  Gelehrter  als  etwas  frenides  und  ab- 
stossendes.  Whitney  aber  war  uns  Deutschen  kein  Fremder ; 
ihn  haben  wir  ganz  als  einen  der  unsrigen  betrachtet ;  denn 
er  besass  in  seiner  wissenschaftlichen  Personlichkeit  alle  die 
Eigonschaften,  deren  Gesammtheit  fiir  uns  das  Ideal  echten 
deutschen  Gelehrtenthums  ist. 

Whitney  war  der  Begrunder  des  Sanskritstudiums  in  Threni 
"Vaterlande.   Wenn  jetzt  in  den  Vereinigten  Staaten  eine  Schaar 


GARBE.     HENRY.  87 

jiingerer  Indologen  zu  den  berufensten  Vertretern  des  Faches 
geliort  und  audere  sich  zu  solcheii  eiitwickelii,  so  ist  das  un- 
mittelbar  oder  mittelbar  Whitney's  Werk.  Jeder  aber  unter 
uns,  der  Ilirem  grossen  Gemeinwesen  und  seiner  bewunderns- 
werthen  Eutvvickelung  herzliclie  Sympathien  entgegenbringt, 
\vird  vou  dem  Wunsche  beseelt  sein,  dass  der  Geist  des  grossen 
Mannes  in  Ihren  gelehrten  Anstalten  fortleben  und  furtwirken 
moge  zum  Heile  und  zuni  Besten  Hires  Volkes. 

Genehniigen  Sie,  hochgeelirter  Herr,  die  Versicherung  der 
grossten  Hochachtung 

Hires  ganz  ergebenen 

E.  Garbe. 


11.  From  Victor  Henry,  Professor  of  SansTxrit  and  of  Com- 
parative Grammar  of  the  Indo-European  Languages,  Uni- 
versity of  Paris,  France. 

Paris,  15  novembre  1894. 

Monsieur  et  cher  Collegue,  —  Je  vous  remercie  de  tout 
cceur  de  votre  lettre  du  29  octobre,  et  suis  profonddment 
touchd  de  la  bonne  pensde  que  vous  avez  eue  de  m'associer 
a  rhommage  fun^bre  que  vous  vous  proposez  de  rendre  au 
grand,  au  bon,  au   regrettd  William  D wight  Whitney. 

Croyez  que  je  n'avais  pas  attendu  votre  invitation  pour 
prendre  part  au  deuil  des  Etats-Unis  et  du  monde  savant. 
D^sireux  de  contribuer,  dans  la  faible  iiiesure  ou  cela  m'^tait 
possible,  a  honorer  cette  chere  mdmoire,  j'avais,  aussitot  apr^s 
son  apparition,  traduit  en  frangais  la  notice  n^crologique  de 
"  The  Nation,"  pour  I'envoyer,  accompagnde  de  quelques  notes, 
k  notre  Eevue  de  Linguistique. 

Malheureusement,  cette  revue  ne  parait  qu'a  longs  iiiter- 
valles,  et  ma  traduction  est  encore  inddite,  en  sorte  que  je  ne 
saurais  vous  en  envoyer  d'exemplaire.  Je  le  regrette,  quelque 
faible  intf^ret  que  pr^sente  pour  TAmdrique  un  article  francais 
qui  n'est  que  la  reproduction  d'une  notice  anglaise. 

Je  ne  mentionne  done  cette  circonstance,  que  pour  faire  voir 


88  LETTERS   FROM   FOREIGN   SCHOLARS. 

le  ]>v'ix  (|ue  j'attaclie  a  ce  que  le  iiom  de  W.  I).  "Whitney  scjit 
\'6n6r6  et  sa  mort  ddplor^e  eii  France  comme  ils  le  sunt  en  sou 
propre  pays. 

Car  Whitney  ne  fut  I'as  seuleinent  I'iik'al  du  travailleur  et 
du  savant,  le  statisticien  ini})eccable,  le  granimairien  niinutieux, 
I'esprit  qui  au  souci  du  ddtail  precis  et  sdvfere  sut  joindre  la 
comprehension  vaste  et  la  vue  des  larges  ensembles ;  il  n'eut 
pas  seulement  la  force  de  I'intelligence,  mais  encore,  au  plus 
haut  degrd,  celle  que  donnent  la  conscience  et  la  bontd. 

La  conscience :  —  Quoi  qu'il  dcrivit,  on  le  sentait  ardent  de 
male  conviction ;  la  bonne  foi  transparaissait  a  chaque  ligne  de 
sa  prose,  et,  alors  meme  qu'on  jugeait  qu'il  allait  trop  loin  dans 
une  polemique  et  qu'on  se  refusait  a  I'y  suivre,  sa  sincerity 
^tait  si  dclataute  qu'elle  appelait  irr^sistiblement  la  sympathie. 

La  bont^: — Autant  parfois  il  se  mon trait  rigoureux  pour 
r^crivain  en  qui  il  d^covivrait  ou  seulement  soup^onnait  la 
Idg^retd  ou  la  prt^vention,  autant  sa  critique  se  faisait  douce 
pour  les  essais  qui,  a  ddfaut  meme  d'autres  qualit(^s,  trahissai- 
ent  I'effort  sincere  et  le  bon  vouloir.  J'en  sais  quelque  chose : 
il  a  fait  a  toutes  mes  communications  un  accueil  a  la  fois  pater- 
nel  et  amical,  et  c'est  une  dette  de  gratitude  (|ue  j'accpiitte  en 
^crivant  ces  lignes. 

Je  ne  I'ai  jamais  vu  ;  mais  je  I'aimais  et  le  range  parmi  mes 
meilleurs  maitres,  heureux  si  je  puis  m^riter  d'etre  dit  quelque 
peu  son  dlfeve. 

Veuillez,  Monsieur  et  cher  collogue,  agrt^er  et  transmettre 
aux  membres  du  Congrfes  la  haute  expression  de  ma  confrater- 
nit(5  scientifique  et  de  ma  tr^s  vive  sympathie. 

Y.  Hexrv. 


12.     From,   Alfred    Hillebraxdt,    P roft'ufinr  of  Sinislcrif  and 
Comparative  Philology,  University  of  Breslau,  Germany. 

Breslait,  29.  November  1894. 

Sehr  verehrter  Herr,  —  Ihr  geehrter  Brief  gibt  mir  will- 
kommene  Gelegenheit  Ihnon  und  den  Mitnliedern  der  American 


IIEXRY.     IIILLEBRANDT.  89 

Oriental  Society  meiue  herzlichste  Teilualime  an  deni  Verlust 
auszusprechen,  den  America  durch  das  Hinscheiden  W.  D. 
Whitney's  erlitten  hat.  Der  Nestor  der  anierikanischen  San- 
skritisten  und  seine  Werke  werden  unvergessen  l)k'il)en  in  der 
Entwickhnig  der  Wissenschaft,  an  der  er  selbst  hervorragen- 
den  Anteil  nahm.  Was  niir  ininier  als  ein  Lesonderer  Vorziig 
seiner  Arbeit  erschien,  war  die  Genauigkeit  seiner  Methode, 
die  Praecision  in  Form  und  Inhalt,  welche  er  anstrebte  und  in 
grammatischen  Fragen  durch  Zahlen  zu  gewinnen  suchte. 
Dies  hat,  wie  mir  scheint,  der  vedischen  Wissenschaft  eine  Kich- 
tung  gegeben,  die  klar  und  kiihl  mit  den  Tatsachen,  nicht  niit 
Hypothesen  reclmet  und  in  Werken  wie  Whitney's  Sanskrit 
Grammar  oder  Lanman's  Noun-inflection  einen  vorziiglichen 
Ausdruck  findet.  Als  Philologe  hat  er  in  den  Pratigakhyas, 
im  Suryasiddhanta,  in  der  Mitherausgabe  des  Atharva  seine 
Exactheit  bewahrt  und  in  seinem  unlibertrettiichen  Index  zum 
Atharva  alien  Jungeren  gezeigt,  dass  ein  Meister  audi  das  schein- 
bar  aussere  Beiwerk  nicht  verschmaht.  Seiner  Wirksamkeit 
hat  sich  Wahrhaftigkeit  und  Freimut  zugesellt,  und  er  hat 
seinen  Gedanken  unumwundenen,  manchmal  wohl  zu  schroffen 
Ausdruck  gegeben.  Das  wird  seinem  Bilde  keinen  Eintrag  tun, 
denn  im  Karapfe  um  die  Wahrheit  soil  man  nicht  den  Streiter 
schelten,  der  heiss  fiir  seine  Ueberzeugung  ficht,  wenn  er  nur 
grade  Waffen  braucht.  "  Gerade  und  furchtlos"  aber  darf  die 
Unterschrift  seines  Bildes  in  der  Erinnerung  seiner  Zeitge- 
nossen  sein. 

Ueber  dem  Grabmal  des  Entschlafenen  erhebt  sich  ein  an 
Blliten  und  Friichten  reicher  Baum,  die  American  Oriental 
Society,  die  seiner  rastlosen  Arbeit  ilir  Gedeihen  wesentlich 
verdankt.  Wenn  wir  alle  uns  an  ihrer  Entfaltung  freuen,  so 
lenkt  dankbar  unser  Blick  sich  auf  W.  D.  Whitney  zuriick,  der 
einen  Zweig  des  Bodhi-baumes  in  den  P]oden  Ihrer  Heimat  hin- 
libertrug.  Moge  es  Ihrer  Society  iramer  beschieden  sein  jManner 
zu  finden,  die  in  Whitney's  Geiste  weiter  arbeiten,  und  jede  neue 
Bliite,  die  sie  ansetzt,  wird  zu  Whitney's  Gedachtniss  sein. 

Alfked  Hillebrandt 


90  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGX  SCHOLARS. 


13.     From  Julius  Jolly,  Professor  of  Sanshrit  and  Comparative 
FhiloUxjij,  Unlcersltjj  «f  Wiirzhurg,  Gerraany. 

November  30,  1S94. 

Dear  Sir,  —  I  consider  it  a  great  honor  to  have  been  asked 
by  the  American  Oriental  Society  to  record  my  opmion  of 
Professor  Wliitney's  services,  in  the  field  of  Indian  I'hilology 
especially,  and  I  will  try  to  comply  with  their  recjuest. 

It  was  first  as  a  translator  of  Whitney's  famous  work  on  Lan- 
guage and  its  Study  that  I  became  fully  acquainted  with  the 
depth  and  research  of  his  writings,  though  indeed  I  had  been  us- 
ing a  great  deal  the  Atharva-Yeda  as  edited  by  Professors  Roth 
and  Wliitney,  "  rothena  ca  hvitneyena  ca  codhita,"  when  I  was 
reading  the  Veda  with  Professor  Weber  at  Berlin  as  a  student. 
The  late  lamented  Professor  Georg  Curtius  of  Leipzig  having 
directed  my  attention  to  the  advisability  of  rendering  Whit- 
ney's Language  and  its  Study  accessible  to  the  general  reader 
in  Germany  through  the  medium  of  a  German  translation 
and  adaptation,  I  lost  no  time  in  undertaking  that  task,  and 
derived  much  pleasure  and  jirofit  from  the  close  acquaintance 
which  I  formed,  in  the  course  of  iny  labors,  with  the  eminent 
work  of  Professor  Wliitney.  While  my  translation  was  going 
through  the  press,  he  sent  me  several  valuable  contributions  to 
my  work,  as  well  as  the  first  volume  of  his  delightful  Oriental 
and  Linguistic  Studies,  which  I  reviewed  for  a  German  scien- 
tific periodical.  Among  the  many  remarkable  essays  collected 
in  that  volume,  which  includes  Whitney's  attractive  essay  on 
the  Vedic  Doctrine  of  a  Future  Life  and  a  number  of  valuable 
reviews  and  criticisms,  the  short  but  masterly  essay  on  the 
Avesta  has  always  appeared  to  me  a  specially  striking  instance 
of  Whitney's  rare  skill  in  exhibiting  in  a  condensed  shape  the 
salient  features  of  an  entire  department  of  philological  research. 
The  first  series  of  Whitney's  Oriental  and  Linguistic  Studies 
was  speedily  succeeded  by  the  second,  wdiich  is  as  rich  in  con- 
structive essays  as  the  first  is  in  critical  ones,  and  contains 
among  other  valuable  papers  Whitney's  instructive  and  able 
remarks  on   the  historv   of   the  Nak.satras   in   India.      Indiaii 


JOLLY.  91 

astronomy  had  always  been  a  favorite  subject  with  Professor 
Whitney,  and  he  had  published  as  early  as -1860  his  coni- 
nientary  and  notes  on  the  Surya-Siddhanta.  Dr.  James  Bur- 
gess has  well  brought  out  in  his  Notes  on  Hindu  Astronomy 
the  value  and  interest  of  that  work,  when  he  says  that  it  is  a 
model  of  careful  annotation  and  has  placed  within  the  reach 
of  all  who  are  interested  in  the  subject  a  complete  outline  of 
Hindu  methods  of  astronomical  calculation,  together  with  a 
clear  exposition  of  the  theories  on  which  they  are  based,  and 
their  relations  to  European  science. 

In  descending  from  the  Vedas,  his  first  love,  to  the  Vedailgas, 
Professor  Whitney  took  up  another  important  branch  of  Hindu 
science  besides  astronomy.  This  was  the  science  of  phonetics, 
which  is  so  ably  discussed  in  the  PratiQakhyas,  two  of  which 
were  edited  and  translated  by  Whitney  in  1862  and  1871.  His 
successful  labors  in  that  tield  may  have  served  him  as  a  prepa- 
ration for  his  Sanskrit  Grammar,  his  principal  work,  towards 
which  all  his  various  studies  and  labors  may  be  said  to  have 
converged.  His  edition  of  the  Atharva-Veda,  with  whicli  he 
had  introduced  himself  so  successfully  as  a  Sanskrit  scholar, 
his  Praticakhyas,  his  contributions  to  the  Sanskrit  Dictionary 
jointly  edited  by  Boehtliugk-Eoth,  his  labors  in  the  field  of 
linguistic  science,  these  and  his  other  achievements  must  have 
caused  him  to  appear  the  fittest  person  to  be  entrusted  with 
the  difficult  and  responsible  task  of  approaching  the  Sanskrit 
language  from  a  new  point  of  view,  and  writing  a  Sanskrit 
Grammar  for  the  well-known  Lil)rary  of  Indo-European  Gram- 
mars. I  remember  w^ell  the  enthusiasm  with  which  his  engage- 
ment to  do  so  was  greeted  by  Sanskrit  scholars  in  Germany, 
myself  among  the  number.  It  was  in  1875,  and  I  had  just 
then  repeatedly  met  Whitney  both  in  Germany  and  England, 
my  veneration  for  the  man  and  scholar  liaving  been  enhanced, 
I  need  hardly  say,  by  personal  acquaintance.  He  set  to  work 
with  his  wonted  energy  and  produced  after  four  years'  work 
the  well-known  lucid  and  elaborate  volume,  which  has  fully 
realized  the  expectations  entertained  of  it,  and  materially  aided 
the  progress  of  Sanskrit  and  linguistic  studies.  One  of  the 
principal  new  features  of  Whitney's  Sanskrit  Grammar,  the 


92  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

utilization  of  tlie  amjile  materials  to  Ije  gained  from  an  inde- 
pendent examination  of  Sanskrit  literature  for  the  study  of 
grammar,  comes  out  even  more  strongly  in  the  supplement 
which  he  added  to  his  grammar  a  few  years  later,  as  may 
indeed  be  gathered  from  the  list  of  Sanskrit  works  consulted 
in  the  course  of  preparing  liis  "Eoots."  The  solidity  and  trust- 
worthiness of  the  materials  underlying  his  researches  in  the 
held  of  Indian  grammar  and  lexicography  may  l)e  tested  hy  his 
exliaustive  Index  Verborum  to  the  Atharva-Vuda,  which  he 
printed  in  1881. 

One  important  part  of  Whitney's  services  in  the  field  of 
Indian  philology,  his  merits  and  achievements  as  a  teacher  of 
Sanskrit,  and  as  a  member  of  the  American  Oriental  Society, 
can  be  sufficiently  appreciated  only  by  his  pupils  and  junior 
colleagues  in  America.  However,  we  Germans  have  been 
eagerly  reading  his  numerous  minor  papers,  and  we  cannot  fail 
to  see  the  results  of  his  teaching  and  example  in  the  fact  that  he 
has  found  so  much  talent  to  join  and  help  him  in  his  studies  and 
in  the  rapid  and  unprecedented  rise  of  Sanskrit  studies  in 
America.  Germany  may  well  feel  proud  to  have  assisted  in 
training  a  scholar  like  Professor  Whitney,  in  whom  learning 
and  industry,  powerful  logic  and  indefatigable  perseverance 
was  coupled  in  a  remarkable  manner  with  originality  and 
genius. 

Apologizing  for  my  bad  English,  T  have  the  honor  to  sign 
myself.  Sir,  Yours  with  respect  and  esteem, 

J.  Jolly. 


14.     From,  Hexdrtk  Kerx,  Pro/^.s.w?-  of  Snnal-rJf  nnrl  Comparn- 
Hve  PhUoJogy,   JJniversif}/  of  Lehlen,  Ketherlayids. 

Letdkx,  Docomher  17,  1894. 

My  deae  Sir,  —  After  receiving  your  communication  that  a 
IMemorial  Meeting  will  be  held  in  honor  of  the  late  William 
Dwight  "VAHiitney,  T  will  not  remain  behind  in  offering  my 
humble  tribute  to  the  memorv  of  the  great  scholar  whose  death 


JOLLY.     KERX.     LESKIEX.  93 

has  been  a  heavy  loss  not  only  to  his  country,  but  to  the 
republic  of  letters  in  general,  and  a  severe  blow  to  Indian 
philology.  His  eminent  merits  are  so  universally  acknowledged 
and  the  chief  characteristics  of  all  his  works  are  so  striking 
that  I  do  not  Hatter  myself  to  say  anything  that  does  not 
re-echo  the  opinion  of  all  fellow-laborers  in  the  same  field.  It 
is  a  fact  that  Whitney  almost  from  the  beginning  of  his  career 
stood  foremost  in  the  ranks  of  Vedic  scholars  ;  that  his  Sanskrit 
Grammar  is,  and  for  a  long  time  will  be,  a  standard  work ;  that 
his  works  on  the  science  of  language  are  remarkable  by  the 
lucid  exposition  of  facts  and  the  soundness  of  reasoning ;  and, 
last  not  least,  that  his  contributions  to  a  critical  knowledge  of 
Indian  astronomy  are  of  sterling  value,  so  much  so  that  after 
Colebrooke  no  scholar  has  equal  merits  in  that  department 
with  Whitney.  In  saying  this  I  do  not  think  I  am  unjust  to 
any  of  the  living. 

From  an  obvious  reason  I  refrain  from  expressing  any  opinion 
about  Whitney's  accomplishments  as  a  teacher  of  the  science  to 
which  he  had  devoted  his  life.  I  know  from  hearsay  and  from 
the  works  of  his  pupils  that  his  influence  upon  the  younger 
generation  of  students  has  been  as  great  as  beneficial,  but  it 
must  be  left  to  those  who  have  followed  his  lessons  to  testify 
how  greatly  they  are  indebted  to  him.  And  surely  they  wuU 
not  fail  to  do  so  with  piety  and  love. 

H.  Kern. 


15.  From  August  Leskien,  Professor  of  the  Slavic  Languages, 
Unirersitjf  of  Leijjsk,  Saxony^  Member  of  the  Royal  Saxon 
Society  of  Sciences. 

Leipzig,  25.  November  1S94. 

Geehrter  Herr  College,  —  Ihrer  Aufforderung,  mich  iiber 
den  Einfluss  von  Whitney's  Auffassung  der  Sprachwissenscbaft 
auf  die  deutschen  Sprachforscher  auszusprechen,  folge  ich  mit 
grosstem  Vergniigen.  Alier  ich  werde  micli  kurz  fassen,  da  ich 
h(ire,  dass  mein  Freund  Brugmann  eine  ahnliche  Aufforderung 
erhalten  hat  und  sich  ausfiihrlicher  liber  Whitney's  Stellung  in 


94  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGX  SCHOLARS. 

der  Sprachwissenschaft  zu  fiussern  gedenkt.  Da  ich  kaum 
ctwas  anderes,  jedeufalls  nichts  besseres  sageii  koniite  als  er, 
beschrfiuke  ich  luich  auf  die  Hervorhebung  eines  besonders 
wichtigeu  Punktes.  Whitney  hat  von  alien  am  eindringlichsten 
gelehrt,  dass  die  Sprache  kein  selbstandiger,  in  sich  Ijeruhender 
Organismus  sei,  sondern  nur  begrilfen  werden  konne  als  ein 
integrierender  unabloslicher  Theil  der  Lebensausserungen  des 
Menschen.  Dies  ist  die  Grimdanschauung  von  Whitney's 
Betrachtungen  liber  die  Sprache.  Von  ihr  aus  gelang  es  ihm  zu 
beweisen,  dass  die  Sprachwissenschaft  nicht  zu  den  Naturwissen- 
schaften  gehort,  wie  es  eine  friiher  weit  verbreitete,  jetzt  niehr 
und  mehr  verschwindende  Lehre  annahm,  sondern  dass  sie  zu 
den  Geisteswissenschaften  oder,  wenn  man  diesen  Ausdruck  vor- 
zieht,  zu  den  historischen  Disciplinen  zu  rechnen  ist.  Whitney 
hat  immer  wieder  scharf  hervorgehoben,  dass  die  Sprache  zum 
geschichtlichen  Leben  der  Menschheit  gehort.  Daraus  ergiebt 
sich  nothwendig :  erstens,  die  Entwicklung  der  Sprache  iiber- 
haupt  beruht  nicht  auf  Gesetzen,  die  nur  ihr  eigenthlimlich 
und  vom  bewussten  oder  unbewussten  Willen  des  Menschen 
unabhangig  waren  ;  zweitens,  jede  besondere  Sprachentwick- 
lung  steht  in  engstem  Zusammenhang  mit  der  Geschichte  des 
betreffenden  Volkes,  mit  den  ausseren  Bedingungen  seiner 
Existenz,  mit  seiner  allgemeinen  Culturentwicklung,  mit  seinem 
Verhaltniss  zu  andern  Volkern,  kurz  mit  alien  Momenten, 
[die]  dem  Leben  des  Yolkes  seine  besondere  Gestalt  geben. 

Whitney's  Anschauungen  haben,  namentlich  in  neuster  Zeit, 
in  der  Sprachwissenschaft  weit  mehr  gewirkt,  als  man  auf  den 
ersten  Blick  bemerkt.  Die  Arbeit  der  Sprachforscher  bewegt 
sich  ja  zum  grossen  Theil  in  Detailfragen,  bei  denen  weniger 
Gelegenheit  ist  sich  unmittelbar  auf  Whitney  zu  beziehen,  aber 
selbst  bei  Specialuntersuchungen,  noch  mehr  natiirlich  bei  all- 
gemeineren  und  principiellen  Fragen,  hat  sich  in  den  letzten 
Jahrzehnten  immer  mehr  eine  Behandlungsweise  Bahn  ge- 
brochen,  die  der  wirklichen  Natur  der  Dinge,  d.  h.  hier  den 
realen  Verhaltnissen  der  Sprache  gerecht  zu  werden  sucht, 
und  siclier  geht  ein  grosser  Theil  der  Anregung  dazu  mittelbar 
od.er  unmittelbar  von  Whitney  aus. 

Ihr  ergebener  A.  Leskien. 


LESKIEX.     LUDWIG.  95 

16.  From  Alfred  Ludwk;,  Professor  of  Comparative  Philology, 
Unicersittj  of  Prar/ue,  Bohemia,  Member  of  the  Poijal 
Bohemia ti  Soeiety  of  Sciences. 

December  1,  1894. 

Dear  Sik,  —  I  feel  deeply  obliged  for  having  Leen  offered  an 
opportunity  to  express  my  heartfelt  sympathy  with  the  Ameri- 
can Oriental  Society  on  the  melancholy  occasion  of  Professor 
William  Dwight  Whitney's  decease,  and  to  testify  my  high 
esteem  for  his  scholarship. 

It  would  be  impossible  for  me  to  give  anything  like  an  ade- 
quate idea  of  my  consternatiun  and  utter  dismay  on  receiving 
so  unexpected  an  intelligence ;  nothing  up  to  Professor  Whit- 
ney's latest  publications  would  liave  authorized  an  apprehension 
that  his  career,  splendid  from  its  first  beginning  and  sustaining 
this  character  to  the  last,  was  about  to  close.  For  it  is  not  the 
least  admirable  feature  in  the  deceased's  scliolarship  that  it 
revealed  itself  from  the  very  first  in  its  characteristic  perfec- 
tion ;  there  was  no  uncertainty,  no  wavering,  no  defectiveness 
about  him ;  whatever  he  undertook  to  treat  of,  he  knew  all 
about  it  to  perfection,  and  his  works  will  be  forever  remarkable 
for  clearness  and  terseness,  correctness  and  exhaustiveness. 
Permit  me  to  repeat  a  few  lines  from  a  paper  I  have  issued 
some  months  ago,  what  time  the  Congress  of  Orientalists  was 
assembled  at  Geneva : 

"  It  is  witli  no  small  degree  of  regret  and  reluctance  that 
I  give  now  a  limited  share  of  publicity  to  the  following  pages, 
that  were  originally  destined  in  another  form  to  meet  the  eyes 
and  to  appeal  to  the  sound  judgment,  to  the  impartial  mind, 
and  to  the  extensive  learning  of  one  who  is  now  no  more 
among  the  living.  Suddenly  and  unexpectedly  he  has  been 
snatched  away ;  much  it  is  that  he  has  done,  and  no  man  can 
say  what  he  might  not  still  have  achieved ;  the  much  he  has 
done,  has  been  well  done,  so  well  that  it  would  be  difficult  to 
say  how  he  might  have  been  outdone." 

But  it  would  be  a  vain  endeavor  to  comprehend  within  the 
compass  of  a  few  lines  the  praise  of  one  whose  best  and  truest 
encomium  will  always  remain  his  own  works  and  what  he  has 


96  LETTERS   FROM   FOREIGN   SCHOLARS. 

done  for  the  spread   and   progress  of   Oriental   and   linguistic 
studies  in  America. 

Believe  me,  Sir,  Yours  respectiully,  A.  LUDWIG. 


17.  From  Friedricii  Muller,  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and  Com- 
parative Fldlologij,  Unioersitij  of  Vienna,  Austria,  Member 
of  the  Imjierial  Academy  of  Sciences  of  Austria. 

HocHGEEHRTE  Herren,  —  Es  ist  eine  erhebende  Feier,  welche 
Sie  lieute  begehen.  Sie,  freie  Biirger  eines  Landes,  das  Ihre 
Vater  nicht  mit  dem  Schwerte,  sondern  mit  den  Werkzeugen 
des  Friedens  in  Besitz  genommen  liaben,  sind  heute  versain- 
melt,  um  das  Andenken  eines  Mitbiirgers  zu  feiern,  der  zu  den 
grossten  Mannern  Hires  Landes  gehtirt,  dessen  Kuhm  auch  in 
die  alte  Welt  heriiberreiclit. 

Der  Mann,  welchen  Sie  feiern,  hat  den  edelsten  und  kostbar- 
sten  Samen  den  es  giebt,  namlich  den  Samen  der  Wissenschaft 
aus  der  alten  Welt  in  seine  Heimath  verpflanzt,  denselben  zu 
eineni  herrlichen  Bauni  grossgezogen  und  die  Frlichte  dieses 
Baumes  als  kostbare  Geschenke  dankbaren  Herzens  der  alten 
Welt  zuriickgesendet. 

In  dem  goldenen  Geschichtsbuclie  der  vergleichenden  Sprach- 
forschung  glanzt  in  den  ersten  Zeilen  der  unsterbliche  Name 
W.  D.  Whitney's,  der  das  Studium  der  Sanskrit-Philologie  in 
seiner  Heimath  begriindet,  eine  Reihe  tuchtiger  IMitarbeiter  des 
genannten  Faches  herangebildet,  und  durch  seine  spraclnvissen- 
schaftlichen  Schriften  um  die  Popularisirung  der  modernen 
Sprachwissenschaft  grosse  Yerdienste  sich  erworben  hat. 

Wliitney  war  ein  wahrer  Prophet  und  Apostel  seiner  Wissen- 
schaft.    Darum  Ehre  seinem  theueren  Andenken  ! 

Miige  der  Banm,  welchen  er  gepflanzt,  herrlich  bllihen  und 
reichliche  Frlichte  fortan  tragen  !  Dies  wiinscht  aus  vollem 
Herzen,  liochgeehrte  Herren, 

Ihr  ganz  ergebener  Dr.  Friedricii  Muller 

Professor  au  dor  Uuiversitiit  Wieii. 


rH.   MULLEK.     OLDEXliEKG.  97 

18.    From  Hermann  Oldenberg,  Professor  of  Coniparatioe  Phi- 
lohigij  and  Sanskrit,  Uiiirersifi/  of  Kin/,  I'mssla. 

Kiel,  1.  December  1894. 

HocHGEEHRTER  Herr,  —  Icli  daiike  dem  Coniitd,  welches 
Sie  vertreten,  aufrichtig  dafiir,  dass  8ie  mir  Gelegeuheit  gel)en, 
an  der  Bekunduiig  dankbarcu  und  verelirmigsvullen  Gedeii- 
kens  flir  Whitney  theilzunehinen.  Ich  habe  ihn  nur  wenige 
Male  Hiichtig  gesehen,  aber  die  Erinnerung  an  die  ernste  und 
reine  Personlichkeit  des  hervorragenden  Mannes  wird  mir  un- 
vergesslich  bleiben.  Es  wiirde  sich  nicht  ziemen,  und  am 
wenigsteu  wiirde  es  in  Whitney's  eigenem  Sinn  sein,  wenn 
ich  in  missverstandener  Pietat  den  Eindruck,  welchen  ich  von 
seinem  Wesen  als  philologischer  und  linguistischer  Forscher 
habe,  nicht  ungefarl)t  und  ungefalscht  hier  aussprache.  Es  ware, 
scheint  mir,  kaum  ein  zutreffender  Ausdruck  fiir  die  Bedeutung 
Whitney's,  wullte  man  ihn  den  grossen  Pfadfindern  zurechnen, 
welche  der  Forschung  neue  Bahnen  vorgezeichnet  haben.  Ja 
man  darf  vielleicht  hinzusetzen,  dass  er  selbst  in  dem  Beschrei- 
ten  der  von  Andern  erciifneten  Bahnen  gelegentlich  allzu  zu- 
riickhaltend  gewesen  ist.  Was  seine  Grammatik  des  Sanskrit 
alien  Sanskritisten  gegeben  hat,  bedarf  meines  Lobes  nicht : 
aber  die  Aufgabe,  durch  diese  Massen  des  Stoffes  hindurch  die 
grossen  Gesichtspunkte  der  neueren  sprachwissenschaftlichen 
Methode  zur  Geltung  zu  bringen  hat  Whitney  sich  nicht  stellen 
wollen ;  so  hat  er  den  bedeutsamsten  Schritt,  den  es  hier  zu 
thun  gab,  Andern  und  zum  grossen  Theil  der  Zukunft  iiber- 
lassen.  Man  hat  seinen  Forschungen  die  Vorziige  "  of  an 
all-pervading  common  sense "  nachgeriilimt.  Es  kann  keinen 
treffenderen  Ausdruck  fiir  die  Kraft  geben,  die  ihm  inne- 
wohnte ;  dasselbe  Wort  aber  wird  zugleich  als  eine  Hindeutung 
auf  die  seiner  Individualitat  gezogenen  Grenzen  verstanden 
werden  konnen.  Doch  innerhalb  dieser  Grenzen :  mit  wie 
festem  Schritt  haben  wir  ihn  bestandig  vorwarts  gehen  sehen ! 
Wie  bedeutete  jedes  seiner  Werke  ein  weiteres  und  immer 
weiteres  Vordringen  von  Ordnung  und  Klarheit !  Wir  Deut- 
schen   haben   besondre  Ursache  seiner  zu  gedenken.      Es  ist 

7 


98  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGX  SCHOLARS. 

nicht  zu  viel  gesagt  wenn  wir  iliii  in  gewissein  Sinn  als  einen 
der  Unserii  anselien.  ^Vuf  cluni  CJel)iet  der  Philolngie  ver- 
korperte  sicli  in  ihni  der  ]>un(l  zwischen  deu  alten  Traditionen 
deutscher  Forschung  und  der  lioiruungsvoll  zu  hoheni  Gedeihen 
heranwaclisenden  Wissenschaftsptlegc  der  neueii  AVelt.  Mogen 
wir  diesseits  und  jenseits  voni  Ocean  das  ( lediiclitniss  Whitney's 
ehren,  indem  wir  diesen  lUuid  mit  unsern  besten  Kraften 
pflegen ! 

Ich  luibe  die  Elire  zu  sein,  hocligeelirter  Herr, 

Ilir  selir  ergebener 

H.  Oldenbekg. 


19.    From.  Eichard  Pischel,  Professor  of  Indie  PhUologij,  Uni- 
versiti/  of  Halle,  Gernianij. 

Halle  (Saale),  December  3,  1894. 

Dear  Sik,  —  To  write  a  letter  in  memory  of  Professor  Whit- 
ney means  to  write  a  history  of  Sanskrit  studies  in  America. 
You  know  as  well  as  I  what  Professor  Whitney  has  done  for 
the  study  of  Sanskrit  in  America,  and  that  all  the  Sanskritists 
of  your  country  either  directly  or  indirectly  are  pupils  of  Pro- 
fessor Whitney. 

Whitney  has  devoted  his  labors  to  the  most  difficult 
branches  of  Indian  philology,  Veda,  Astronomy,  Grammar, 
and  it  is  universally  acknowledged  that  he  ranked  with  the 
best  scholars  in  these  departments.  The  value  of  his  edition 
of  the  Atharvaveda  he  has  greatly  enhanced  by  his  Index  Ver- 
borum,  a  masterpiece  of  completeness  and  exactness.  His  edi- 
tions and  translations  of  the  Praticakhyas,  made  in  a  time 
when  it  was  much  more  ditticult  to  hit  the  correct  meaning 
of  these  rather  obscure  works  than  it  is  now,  will  always  1)6 
standard  works.  The  translation  of  the  Suryasiddhanta,  which 
is  his  work  though  published  by  another,  and  many  articles  on 
Indian  astronomy,  show  his  accurate  knowledge  of  this  branch 
of  Indian  literature,  foreign  to  most  Sanskritists.  His  Sanskrit 
Grammar  is  the  first  attempt  at  systematically  arranging  and 


OLDENBERG.     PISCHEL.     ROST.  99 

scientifically  explaining  the  Vcdic  language.  Like  other  San- 
skhtists  1  am  of  opinion  that  AVliitney  underrated  the  value  of 
the  native  commentators  and  grammarians,  and  his  very  last 
lahors  I  do  not  consider  very  successful.  But  nobody  will 
deny  that  he  always  dealt  with  his  subject  in  a  scholarly 
way,  and  the  flourishing  state  of  Sanskrit  studies  in  America 
shows  better  than  many  words  could  do  what  he  has  been  to 
liis  country. 

It  has  not  been  my  good  luck  to  personally  know  Professor 
Whitney,  but  I  wish  to  be  added  to  the  large  number  of  schol- 
ars who  lament  his  untimely  death  and  consider  it  an  irrepa- 
rable loss  to  science. 

I  am,  Sir, 

Yours  very  obediently, 

E.    PiSCHEL. 


20.    From    Eeixhold   Eost,    sometime   LUn-arian   of  the   India 
Office,  London,  England. 

1  Elsworthy  Terrace,  Primrose  Hill, 

London,  N.  W.,  November  21,  lS9i. 

Dear  Sir,  —  Your  invitation  that  I  should  contribute  to 
a  general  record  of  Professor  Whitney  is  an  honor  of  which  I 
am  highly  sensible.  He  was  to  me  the  type  of  literary  honesty 
and  thoroughness,  and  my  admiration  of  him  was  as  unqualified 
as  it  was  sincere.  As  soon  as  the  news  of  his  death  reached 
me  I  wrote  at  the  spur  of  the  moment  an  obituary  notice  ^  for 
the  "  Athenaeum  "  (a  copy  of  wliich  was  on  publication  sent  to 
Mrs.  Wliitney) ;  and  as  I  should,  lieyond  a  few  formal  correc- 
tions which  I  had  no  opportunity  to  make  at  the  time,  scarcely 
desire  to  make  any  alteration  in  what  I  there  stated,  I  trust 
you  will  consider  that  notice  as  tlie  response  to  your  in\itation 
so  far  as  it  concerns  my  appreciation  of  his  character.  My 
intercourse  with  him  was  at  all  times  of  the  friendliest,  and 
I  only  regret  that  in  the  latter  years  I  should  have  been  rather 

1  See  below,  p.  153,  No.  17. 


100  LETTERS   FROM   FOREIGN   SCHOLARS. 

remiss  in  my  correspondeuce,  as  owing  to  the  infirmity  of  my 
left  hand  I  cannot  write  htng  letters. 

Trofessor  Lan man's  address  will  form  one  of  the  golden 
chapters  in  the  literary  annals  of  the  United  States.  The 
solid  foundation  on  which  Oriental  scholarship  is  built  up 
throughout  your  country  is  a  guarantee  that  many  more  such 
will  be  written  in  due  course. 

Yours  most  sincerely, 

E.   liOST. 


21.  From  Rudolf  von  Roth,  Professof  of  Indo-Europedn  Lan- 
fjaayes  and  of  the  H'lstoi'ij  of  Beliglons,  University  of 
Tuhliigen,  Germany,  Member  of  the  Royal  Academy  of 
Sciences  of  Prussia,  etc. 

Tubingen,  18.  November  1894. 

Sie  werden,  mein  lieber  Freund,  nicht  erwarten,  dass  ich  auf 
Ihre  Einladung  vom  2.  d.  M.  eine  Denkschrift  iiber  Whitney's 
Verdienste  abfasse.  Das  wird  man  in  America  besser  machen, 
als  ich  es  kcinnte.  Ich  will  aber  einige  Erinnerungen  aus 
meinem  Verkehr  mit  ihm  aufzeichnen. 

Von  den  europaischen  Fachgenossen  sind  A.  Weber  und  ich 
am  liingsten  in  Verbindung  mit  ihm  gewesen.  Mit  mir  haben 
ihn  viele  seiner  Arbeiten,  insbesondere  alles  was  sich  auf 
Herausgabe  und  Bearbeitung  des  Atharva  Veda  bezog,  mehr 
als  40  Jahre  lang,  nahe  verbunden. 

Er  hat  bier  in  Tiibingen  zwei  Sommer,  1851  und  1852,  stu- 
diert.  In  der  Zwischenzeit  hat  er  Pteisen  in  Europa  gemacht, 
aber  bei  seiner  Eiickkunft  gesagt,  dass  ihm  nach  all  den 
schonen  Landern,  die  er  gesehen,  das  Tiibinger  Thai  noch  eben 
so  gut  gefalle. 

Damals  waren  die  Vedastudien  in  ihren  Anfangen,  von  Text- 
ausgaT)en  hdchstens  kleine  Stiieke,  und  ich  musste  meinen 
Schlilern  Ausziige  aus  meinen  handschriftlichen  Sammlungen, 
die  aus  Paris  und  London  stammten,  machen,  urn  mit  ihnen 
vedische  Lieder  zu  lesen.     Whitney  ist  spater  noch  dfters  bei 


ROST.     ROTH.     SEX  ART.  101 

mir  gewesen,  wenn  ieh  micli  recht  erinnere,  namentlich  damals, 
als  eine  gauze  Collection  von  Handscliiiften  cles  Atliarvan  und 
seiner  Hilf-sbiiclier  bei  niir  lag,  die  man  mir  aus  der  Bibliotliek 
des  Raja  von  Bikanir  zur  Beniitzung  mitgeteilt  liatte.  Er  hat 
in  meinem  Haus  tleissig  gearbeitet.  Wahrend  der  Herausgabe 
des  Petersburger  Worterbuchs  hat  er  mir  den  ganzen  Wort- 
schatz  des  Atharvan  ausgezogen,  den  er  spater  in  seinem  Index 
Verborum  1881  so  sorgfaltig  herausgegeben  hat. 

Und  in  den  letztvergangenen  Jahren,  als  er  zu  einer  Ueber- 
setzung  desselben  Veda  sich  entschloss,  habe  ich  ihm  nicht  bios 
die  varia  lectio  der  Paippalada  vollstandig  geliefert,  sonderu 
auch  meine  Erklarungen  aller  schwierigen  Stellen  und  Ueber- 
setzungen  ganzer  Lieder  gesandt,  alles  was  ich  im  Lauf  vieler 
Jahre  gesammelt  nnd  erarbeitet  hatte.  Er  hoffte,  seine  Kraft 
werde  zureichen,  um  das  Werk  zu  Ende  zu  fiihren.  Leider  ist 
er  mitten  in  der  Arbeit  abgerufen  worden.  Und  Sie  konnen 
erniessen,  dass  kaum  jemand  in  der  gelehrten  Welt  immittel- 
barer  von  diesem  Verlust  getroffen  worden  ist,  als  ich.  Ich 
hatte  gehofft,  noch  einmal  unsere  Namen  nebeneinander  auf 
dem  Titel  eines  guten  Buches  zu  lesen. 

In  einigen  Aufsatzen  seiner  letzten  Zeit  hat  er  die  Priifung 
der  indischen  scholastischen  Gelehrsamkeit  auf  ihren  wirk- 
lichen  "VYert  sich  zuni  Ziel  gesetzt.  Ich  bedaure  sehr,  dass  wir 
davon  nichts  weiter  horen  werden, 

Behalten  Sie  mich  und  Tubingen  in  freundlicher  Erinnerung. 

Ihr  ganz  ergebener 

Pt.  Roth. 


22.    Fvnm  ^^MiLE  Sen-art,  Mpmhei'  of  the  French.  Institute  (Aca^ 
deniie  des  Inscriptions  et  Belles-Lettres),  Paris,  France. 

La.  Felice,  par  La  TERTi;  Bernard  (Sarthe), 

ce  4  decembre  1894. 

MoNsiEUE,  —  Yous  vous  proposez  de  rendre  a  William 
Dwight  Wliitney  un  solennel  hommage.  Je  tiens  k  grand 
honneur  de  m'y  associer  et  d'unir  ma  voix  ^  toutes  les  voix 
autoris^es  qui  ne  manqueront  pas,  en  cette  circonstance,  d'ap- 


102  LETTERS  FROM  FOREIGN  SCHOLARS. 

porter  a  la  ineinoire  de  votre  dininent  compatriote  le  tdmoi- 
guage  dclatant  d'une  admiration  et  d'uue  syinpatlde  bien 
m^ritdes. 

II  api)artieiit  surtout  aux  Ain^ricains  de  proclamer  les  r^- 
sultats  f^coiids  (ju'a  produits  renseigneiiient  acad^mique  de 
Whitney,  de  saluer  en  lui  le  pronioteur  d'une  activity  philo- 
l()gi(jiie  qui  honore  grandenient  votre  pays.  Mais  c'est  un 
devoir  pour  tous  les  Orientalistes  de  recounaitre  tr^s  liaut  la 
dette  de  reconnaissance  qu'a  contract^e  I'indianisme  a  regard 
de  ce  vigoureux,  de  cet  infatigable  esprit. 

Solidite,  lucidity :  telles  sont  les  deux  qualities  niaitresses  de 
son  oeuvre.  II  n'est  pas  commun  de  voir  une  longue  vie  scien- 
tifique  marcher  d'un  pas  si  ^gal,  si  rdsolu  dans  une  voie  si 
fermement  tracde. 

Dans  ce  monde  hindou  si  tlottant,  si  imaginatif,  si  mystique, 
la  curiosity  exigeante  de  Whitney  s'est  d'un  mouvement  iiT^- 
sistible  portde  vers  les  t^ldments  les  plus  positifs,  les  moins 
mouvants :  la  langue,  les  connaissances  astronomiques.  II 
a  ^t^  un  grammairien  admirable,  portant  avec  une  souplesse, 
ime  aisance  surprenantes,  le  fardeau  d'une  6tude  analytique 
dnorme  dont  la  tradition  a  4t4  religieusement  recueillie  par 
de  dignes  disciples. 

lilpris  de  clart^,  avide  de  faits  certains,  surement  enchain^s, 
il  s'est  plus  d'une  fois  impatient^  de  ce  qu'il  ddcouvrait  d'arti- 
ficiel,  de  dt^cevant,  dans  les  theories  hindoues. 

Adversaire  ddtermin^  des  theses  qui  presentent  la  linguis- 
tique  comme  une  science  naturelle,  il  a  dans  I'etude  du  langage 
portd  plus  que  personne  la  m^thode  minutieuse  de  ddpouille- 
ment  et  de  classification  du  naturaliste  le  plus  consciencieux. 

II  n'y  a  la  ni  contradiction  ni  inconsdipience.  II  dprouvait 
une  defiance  tres  vive  et  trhs  ddclarde  pour  les  vues  vagues  et 
les  conclusions  inddcises. 

Si  cette  reserve  I'a  empeclid  do  nous  dire  son  sentiment  sur 
tant  de  problfemes  de  I'antiquitd  de  I'lnde  sur  lesquels  il  eut 
4t6  si  pr^cieux  k  connaitre,  elle  communique  a  Tensemble  de 
son  oiuvre  un  singulier  aspect  d'autoritd  et  de  rigueur. 

S'il  se  limita,  ce  fut  volontairement ;  ce  fut  chez  lui  force 
et  non  pas   faiblesse.     Tout   assure  a  ses  travaux  \ine  durde 


SEXAllT.     WIXDISCII.  103 

qui,   en   cette   oidie    de  reclierches,  est    iin   rare  et  glorieux 
privilege. 

Eiiergie  sup^rieure  a  tons  les  obstacles,  poursuite  avdente 
des  r^sultats  positifs,  intelligence  decisive  et  pdn^trante :  sa 
noble  et  puissante  figure  restera  dans  nos  Etudes  comme  le  type 
achev^,  tr^s  expressii  et  trfes  digne,  de  la  science  amdricaine. 

L'Am^rique  en  est  justement  fifere ;  mais  le  deuil  de  ce  grand 
travailleur  est  port^  par  ses  confr6res  de  tous  pays. 

Notre  Acadt^niie  avait  tenu  a  lui  tdinoigner  sa  liaute  estinie. 
J'aime  a  me  faire  une  fois  de  plus  I'eclio  des  paroles  de  pro- 
fond  regret  que  son  President  consacrait  a  notre  illustre 
correspondant,  sitot  que  la  nouvelle  de  sa  mort  vint  nous 
surprendre.  Je  suis  lieureux  de  fortifier  mon  honimage  trop 
ch^tif  de  riiommage  collectif  de  notre  corapagnie,  et  je  vous 
prie,  IMonsieur,  d'agr^er  les  assurances  de  ma  haute  con- 
sideration. 

Emile  Sen  art 

de  riustitut  de  France. 


23.  From  Ernst  Windisch,  Professor  of  SansJcrit,  Universiti/  of 
LeipsiC,  Saxony,  Member  of  the  Royal  Saxon  Society  of 
Sciences. 

Univeksitat  Leipzig,  den  3.  December  1894. 

Verehrter  Herr,  —  Icli  benutze  einen  freien  Yormittag,  um 
Ihren  freundlichen  Brief  vom  2.  November  dieses  Jalires  in 
folgender  Weise  zu  beantworten : 

William  Dwiglit  Whitney,  dessen  Tod  auch  die  deutschen 
Gelehrten  tief  beklagen,  geliort  zu  den  ausgepragten  wissen- 
schaftlichen  Charakteren,  die  mehr  noch  durch  die  ganze  Art 
ihres  Denkens  und  ihrer  Arlieit  als  durch  deren  Ergebnisse  auf 
ihre  Zeitgenossen  bedeutend  eingewirkt  haben.  Er  war  gleicli 
hervorragend  als  Sprachforscher  und  als  Sanskritphilologe. 
Walirend  er  als  Sanskritphilologe  bis  zuletzt  in  der  ersten 
Reihe  gestanden  hat,  fiel  seine  Bliithe  als  Sprachforscher  in  die 
Zeit  von  Georg  Curtius,  der  gern  bekannte,  in  den  allgemeinen 
Fragen  der  Sprachwissenschaft  viel  Anregung  von  ihm  enip- 


104  lettp:rs  from  foreigx  scholars. 

fangen  zu  habeu.  Die  niicliterne,  streng  logische,  unerbitt- 
lich  kritische  Art,  mit  cler  Whitney  diese  allgeiueinen  Fragen 
beliandelte,  war  deii  luit  der  .Specialforschiiug  bescliaftigten 
Fachgenossen  sympatliisclier,  als  die  begeisterte  Art  von  Max 
Mliller,  der  die  Clebildeten  aller  Stande  anzog,  und  fiir  desseu 
Muse  Whitney  vielleicht  etvvas  zu  wenig  Yerstiindni.s.s  hatte. 

Keine  Phantasien,  keine  Ungenauigkeiten,  keine  SchlUsse 
aus  ungeniigenden  Pramissen !  diese  ihm  gieichsam  ini  Blute 
liegendeu  Grundsiitze  ziehen  sich  wie  ein  rother  Fadeu  durch 
alle  seine  Werke  hindurch.  In  diesem  Geiste  ist  er  auch  iu 
seinen  mannigfaltigen  Arbeiten  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Sanskrit- 
philologie  interpretirend,  registrirend,  priifend  und  sichtend 
bis  zuletzt  thatig  geweseu.  Wohl  hat  er  den  Werth  Panini's 
unterschatzt,  aber  gegenliber  der  sklavischen  Nachfolge  Panini's 
ist  doch  auch  das  von  ihm  in  seiner  Sanskrit  Grammar  befolgte 
Princip,  die  in  der  alteren  Literatur  wirklich  vorkommenden 
Formen  in  erster  Linie  zu  beriicksichtigen,  von  grosser  Bedeu- 
tung  flir  die  Entwickeluntr  der  Wissenschaft  gewesen.  Wie 
genau  ist  Whitney's  Bearbeitung  der  Praticakhya  zur  Taittiriya 
Samhita  und  zum  Atharvaveda !  doch  bewundere  ich  noch 
mehr  den  durchch'ingenden  Verstand,  mit  dem  er  sich  in  der 
indischen  Astronomic  zurecht  gefunden  hat.  Eine  kritische 
Studie  iiber  die  astronomischen  Angaben,  aus  denen  Jacobi 
eine  sichere  Datirung  des  Yeda  gevvinnen  will,  war  eine  seiner 
letzten  Arbeiten.  Zu  den  Werken,  in  denen  er  mit  statisti- 
scher  Genauigkeit  der  weiteren  Forschung  sichere  Grundlagen 
gegeben  hat,  gehJiren  seine  Vedenconcordanz  und  besonders  sein 
vorziiglicher  Index  zum  Atharvaveda,  dessen  Text  er  im  Beginn 
seiner  Laufbahn  zusammen  mit  E.  Eoth  herausgegel)en  hatte. 
Hofl'entlich  ist  auch  die  Uebersetzung  von  ihm  so  weit  gefilr- 
dert  worden,  dass  auch  diese  Arbeit  der  Wissenschaft  noch  zu 
Gute  kommen  kann. 

AVhitney  stand  mitten  drin  in  dem  geistigen  Strome  der 
Wissenschaft.  Er  hat  sich  iiber  viele  bedeutende  Werke  seiner 
Fachgenossen  oflentlich  ausgesprochen.  Wurde  seine  Kritik 
auch  manchmal  etwas  zu  genau,  so  war  sie  doch  selten  person- 
lich  verletzend,  weil  er  nur  wenigen  Gelehrten  gegeniiber  ani- 
mos  war,  und  weil  er  fiir  gewohnlich  die  tadelnde  Kritik  von 


"WIXDISCII.  105 

Einzelheiten  nicht  auf  die  gauze  Arbeit  oder  gar  aiif  die  rerson 
iibertrug.  Die  Stinime  des  kritisclieu  Gewissens  war  ungemeiu 
miiehtig  in  ilim,  sie  liess  sicli  durcli  keinen  Glanz  und  keiiie 
Schoiiheit  zuin  Schweigeu  bringen.  In  seiner  unennlidlichen 
Art  Kritik  zu  iiben  ist  William  Dwiglit  Whitney  unersetzlicli. 
leli  schreibe  diese  Zeilen  nicht  auf  Grund  besonderer  Studien, 
die  ich  zu  diesem  Zwecke  angestellt  liatte,  sondern  sie  geben  nur 
das  Bild  wieder,  das  nach  und  nacli  von  diesem  eigenartigen, 
fiir  America  charakteristischeu,  sein  Vaterland  zierenden  Ge- 
lehrten  in  mir  entstanden  ist. 

Professor  Dr.  Ernst  Windisch. 


II. 

DETAILED   PROGEAM   OF  THE   EXERCISES   OF  THE 

JOINT  AND  OF  THE  SPECIAL  SESSIONS  OF 

THE  FIRST   AMERICAN   CONGRESS 

OF   PHILOLOGISTS. 


JOINT    MEETING 

Of  the  Amekicax  Oriental  Society,  American  Philologi- 
cal Association,  Society  of  Biblical  Literature  and 
Exegesis,  Modern  Language  Association  of  America, 
American  Dialect  Society,  Spelling  Reform  Associa- 
tion, AND  THE  ArCHJ^OLOGICAL  INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA,  AT 

The  University  of  Pennsylvania^  Philadelphia, 
December  27-29,  1894. 


JOINT   SESSIONS. 
Opening  Session. 

Thursday,  December  27,  at  12  m. 

Address  by  Mr.  C.  C.  Harrison,  Acting  Provost  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania,  introducing  the  Presiding  Officer  of 
the  Meeting,  Professor  A.  Marshall  Elliott,  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  President  of  the  Modern  Language 
Association  of  America. 

Address  of  Welcome  by  Dr.  Horace  Howard  Furness,  Phila- 
delphia. 


108  AMElilCAX  CONGRESS  OF  nilLOLOGISTS. 

Second  Joint  Session. 

Friday,  December  28,  at  10  a.  m. 

Presiding  Officer  of  the  Meeting,  Prof.  Joiix  Henry  AVright, 
of  Harvard  University,  President  of  the  American  Philo- 
logical Association. 

1.  Dr.  J.  P.  Peteks,  New  York,  and  Prof.  H.  V.  Hilpkeciit, 

University  of  Philadelphia :  The  last  results  of  the  Babylo- 
nian expedition  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

2.  Prof.   William   W.   Goodwin,   Harvard    University  :    The 

Athenian  <ypa<^'q  Trapavoficov  and  the  American  doctrine  of 
constitutional  law. 

3.  Prof.  MiNTON  Warren,  Johns   Hopkins    University :    The 

contribution  of  the  Latin  inscriptions  to  the  study  of  the 
Latin  language  and  literature. 

4.  Prof.  A.  V.  Williams  Jackson,  Columbia  College :   Cyrus's 

dream  of  the  winged  figure  of  Darius  in  Herodotus. 

5.  Prof.  Hermann  Collitz,  Bryn  Mawr  College :  Some  Modern 

German  etymologies. 

6.  Prof.  Maurice  Bloomfield,  Johns  Hopkins  University  :  On 

Professor  Streitberg's  theory  as  to  the  origin  of  certain 
long  Indo-European  vowels. 

7.  Prof.  Federico  Halbherr,  University  of  Rome :  Explora- 

tions in  Krete  for  the  Archaeological  Institute  (read  by 
Professor  Frothingham). 

8.  Prof.  Edward  S.  Sheldon,  Harvard  University :  The  work 

of  the  American  Dialect  Society,  1889-1894. 

Third  Joint  Session. 

Friday,  December  28,  at  8  p.  m. 

MEMORIAL   MEETING  IN   HONOR  OF  WILLIAM 
DWIGHT   WHITNEY. 

Presiding  Officer  of  the  Meeting,  President  Daniel  Coit  Gil- 
man,  of  Johns  Hopkins  University,  President  of  the 
American  Oriental  Society. 


PROGRAM  OF  JOINT  SESSIONS.  109 

1.  Reaclin"  of  letters  from  foreign  scholars. 

2.  Memorial  Addkess  by  Prof.  Charles  E.  Lanman,  Harvard 

University. 

3.  Whitney's  influence  on  the  study  of  modern  languages  and 

on  lexicography ;  by  Prof.  Francis  A.  March,  Lafayette 
College. 

4.  Whitney's  influence  on  students  of  classical  philology;  by 

Prof.  Bernadotte  Perrin,  Yale  University. 

5.  Whitney's  personality ;  by  Prof.  J.  Irving  Manatt,  Brown 

University. 

6.  Address  by  Rev.  Dr.  William  Hayes  Ward,  New  York. 

7.  Concluding  address  by  President  Daniel  Coit  Gilman. 


no       TROGRAM  OF  AMERICAN   ORIENTAL   SOCIETY. 


SPECIAL  SESSIONS. 

AMERICAN   ORIENTAL  SOCIETY. 

(Organized  1842.) 

Daniel  C.  Oilman,  President,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
Edwakd  D.  Perry,  Corresponding  Secretary,  Columbia  College. 

First  Special  Session. 

Thursday,  December  27,  at  3  p.  3i. 

1.  Prof.  Morris   Jastrow,  Jr.,  University   of   Pennsylvania: 

Note  on  the  term  Musannitu. 

2.  Prof.  Maurice   Bloomfield,   Johns    Hopkins   University  : 

Two  problems  in  Sanskrit  grammar. 

3.  Prof.  G.  A.  Barton,  Bryn  Mawr  College  :   Some  notes  on 

the  Semitic  Ishtar-cult. 

4.  Mr.  Talcott   Williams,    The  Press,   Philadelphia :    Some 

unpublished  Arabic  inscriptions,  in  Morocco  and  elsewhere. 

5.  Prof.  E.  Washburn  Hopkins,  Bryn  Mawr  College :  Notes  on 

Dyaus,  Varuna,  and  Yisnu. 

6.  Mr.  Stewart  Culin,  University  of  Pennsylvania :  The  origin 

of  games  and  divination  in  Eastern  Asia. 

Second  Special  Session. 

Friday,  December  28,  at  2  .30  p.  m. 

7.  Dr.  Theodore  F.  Wright,  Cambridge,  Mass. :  Note  on  the 

Julian  inscription  described  by  Dr.  Isaac  H.  Hall,  at  the 
meeting  of  March,  1894. 

8.  Dr.  Hanns  Oertel,  Yale  University :  The  Agnihotra-section 

of  the  Jaiminlya-brahmana. 

9.  Prof.  D.   B.  Macdonald,  Hartford   Theological   Seminary: 

Description  of  the  recent  Biilaq  edition  of  the  Jamhara 
Ash'ar  al-'Arab  of  Abu  Zayd  al-Qurashl. 


PROGRAM  OF  .UIERICAN  ORIENTAL  SOCIETY.       11] 

10.  Dr.  Cykus  Adlek,  Smitlisouiau  Institution,  Washington : 

Some  Hebrew  MSS.  from  Egypt. 

11.  Prof.  H.  Hyvernat,  Catholic  University  of  America:    On 

some  Coptic  manuscripts  from  Egypt.     (Presented  by  Dr. 
Cyrus  Adler.) 

12.  Dr.  I.  M.  Casaxowicz,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washing- 

ton :  The  emphatic  prefix  Ic  in  Hebrew. 

13.  Prof.  Edwin  W.  Pay,  Washington  and  Lee   University: 
Agni  Matariqvan  and  related  divinities. 

14.  Prof.  A.  V.  W.  Jackson,  Columbia  College :   The  Sanskrit 

root  mcmth-math  in  Avestan. 

15.  Eev.  F.  P.  Eamsay,  Augusta,  Ky.  :  Psalm  xxiii. :   an  essay 

on  Hebrew  verse. 

16.  Prof.  G.  A.  Barton,  Bryn  Mawr  College  :   A  note  on  the 

god  Mut. 

Thihd  Special  Session. 

Saturday,  December  29,  at  10  a.  m. 

17.  Dr.  Theodore  P.  Weight,  Cambridge,  Mass. :   Eeport  of 

excavations  at  Jerusalem   by  the  Palestine   Exploration 
Fund. 

18.  Prof.  G.  A.  Barton,  Bryn  Mawr  College  :  Was  Ilu  a  dis- 

tinct deity  in  Babylonia  ? 

19.  Prof.  Morris  Jastrow,  Jr.,  University  of  Pennsylvania: 

A  fragment  of  the  Babylonian  Etana-legend. 

20.  Prof.  E.  Washburn  Hopkins,  Bryn  Mawr  College:    The 

vocabulary  of  the  eighth  Mandala  of  the  Eig-veda.     (Eead 
by  title.) 

21.  Prof.  E.  Washburn  Hopkins,  Bryn  Mawr  College  :  The 

Bharats  and  the  Bharatas. 

22.  Dr.  Hanns  Oertel,  Yale  University :  An  emendation  of 

Sayana  on  SB.  i.  3.  2. 

23.  Prof.  D.  B.  Macdonald,  Hartford  Theological  Seminary: 

On  a  complete  verl)al  index  to  the  Fiqh  al-Luqha  of  ath- 
Tha  alibi.     (Eead  ])y  title.) 
24  and  25.  Prof.  M.  Bloomfield  and  Prof.  A.  V.  Williams 
Jackson  presented  papers  (numbered  6  and  4)  at  the  Joint 
Session  of  Friday  morning. 


112      rROGKAM  OF  THE   PHILOLOGICAL  AtJbOCIATlON. 


AMERICAN  nilLOLOGICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

(Organized  18G9.) 

John  Hexky  Wright,  President,  Harvard  University. 
Hekbert  Weik  Smyth,  Secretai-ij,  Bryu  Mawr  College. 

FiKST  Special  Session. 

Thursday,  December  27,  at  2.35  p.  m. 

1.  Dr.  Mortimer  Lamson  Earle,  Barnard  College  :  Sopliocles's 

Trachiniae,  26-48  :  a  study  in  interpretation. 

2.  Prof,  Louis  Bevier,  Jr.,  Eutgers   College:    The  Delphian 

hymns  and  the  pronunciation  of  the  Greek  vowels. 

3.  Prof.  Alfred  Gudemann,  University  of  Pennsylvania :   Plu- 

tarch as  a  philologist. 

4.  Prof.   Edwin   W.  Pay,  Washington    and   Lee   University : 

Aryan  tr^  =  Greek  ttX"  =  Latin  cl" ;  Aryan  dr.{  =  Greek 
^X"  =  Latin  gl". 

5.  Prof.  Charles  E.  Lanman,  Harvard  University :  Eeflected 

meanings  ;  a  point  in  Semantics. 

6.  Prof.  Karl  P.  Harrington,  University  of  Xorth  Carolina : 

Notes  on  the  diction  of  the  Apocolocyntosis  Divi  Claudii. 

7.  Prof.  W.  A.  Lamberton,  University  of  Pennsylvania :  Notes 

on  Thucydides. 

8.  Dr.  Arthur  Fairbanks,  Yale  University  :  Local  cults  in 

Homer. 

9.  Dr.  Mitchell  Carroll,  Johns  Hopkins  University  :  Aris- 

totle on  the  faults  of  poetry  ;  or  Poetics  xxv.  in  the  light 
of  the  Homeric  scholia. 

10.  Dr.  Charles  Knapp,  Barnard  College :  Notes  on  Horace. 

Second  Special  Session. 

Friday,  December  28,  at  2..30  p.  m. 

11.  Prof.  Morton  W.  Easton,  University  of   Pennsylvania  : 

Eeinarks  upon  Gower's    Confessio  Amantis  chiefly  with 
reference  to  the  text. 


PROGRAM   OF   THE   PHILOLOGICAL   ASSOCIATION.        113 

12.  Mr.  WiLLLVM  C.  Lawton,  Philadelphia  :  A  national  form 

of  verse  the  natural  unit  for  the  thought. 

13.  Prof.  Fkank  L.  Van  Cleef,  Cornell  University  :  Confusion 
of  hma  and  T€(Taape<i  in  Tliucydides. 

14.  Dr.  B.  Newhall,  Brown  University  :  Women's  speech  in 

classical  literature. 

15.  Prof.  E.  G.  Siiiler,  University  of  the  City  of  New  York  : 

St.  Paul  and  the  Lex  lulia  de  vi. 

16.  Dr.  James   M.  Patox,  Cambridge,  Mass. :   Some  Spartan 
families  under  the  Empire. 

17.  Prof.  H.  W.  Magoun,  Oberlin  College :   Pliny's  Laurentine 

villa. 

18.  Prof.  John  Williams  AVhite,  Harvard  University  :   The 

pre-Themistoclean  wall  at  Athens. 

19.  Prof.  Hermann  Collitz,  Bryn  Mawr  College  :  The  etymol- 

ogy of  dpa  and  of  /ua-v^. 

Third  Special  Session. 

Saturday,  December  29,  at  9.45  a.  m. 

20.  Prof.  J.  Irving  Maxatt,  Brown  University  :   The  literary 
evidence  of  Dcirpfeld's  Enneakrounos. 

21.  Prof.  Benjamin    I.    Wheeler,   Cornell    University :    The 

Greek  duals  in  e. 

22.  Prof.  John  Henry  Wright,  Harvard  University  :  A  note 

on  Alexander  Poly  his  tor  (Eusebius,   Chron.  T.  15,  16). 

23.  Prof.  Herbert   Weir    Smyth,  Bryn   Mawr   College :    On 

Greek  tragic  anapiests. 

24.  Prof.  A.  V.  Williams  Jackson,  Columbia  College  :   Two 

ancient  Persian  names  in  Greek,  'ApravKT7]<i  and  (^aiSv/xr]. 

25.  Dr.   Mortimer   Lamson   Earle,   Barnard   College :   Some 

remarks  on  the  moods  of  will  in  Greek. 

26.  Prof.  Edwin  W.   Fay,  Washington    and  Lee  University  : 

Aryan  gn  =  Latin  mn. 

27.  Prof.  Carl   Darling  Buck,  University  of  Chicago  :  The 

passive  in  Oscan-Umbrian. 

28.  Prof.  W.  J.  Battle,  L'niversity  of  Texas :  Magical  curses 

written  on  lead  tablets. 


114       PROGRAJkl  OF   SOCIETY  OF  BIBLICAL  EXEGESIS. 

29.  Dr.  Charles  Knait,  Barnard  College :  Latin  lexicographi- 
cal notes. 

30  and  31.  Prof.  W.  W.  Goodwin  and  Prof.  ]\I.  Wakken  pre- 
sented papers  (numbered  2  and  o)  at  the  Joint  Session  of 
Friday  morning. 


SOCIETY  OF  BIBLICAL  LITERATURE  AXD  EXEGESIS. 

(Urgauized  1880.) 

J.  Henry  Thayer,  Fresident,  Harvard  University. 

David  G.  Lyon,  Corresjjondlng  Secretary,  Harvard  University. 

First  Special  Session. 

Thursday,  December  27,  at  2.30  i*.  si. 

1.  Prof.  George  A.  Barton,  Bryn  Mawr  College :  On  the  in- 

terpretation of  "»3D  oy^,  Judges  v.  14. 

2.  Dr.  Isaac  H.  Hall,  Metropolitan  Museum,  New  York:  On 

the  new  Syriac  Gospels. 

3.  Prof.  Lewis  B.  Baton,  Hartford  Theological  Seminary :  Did 

Amos  approve  the  calf-worship  at  Bethel  ? 

4.  Dr.  T.  F.  Wright,  New  Church  School,  Cambridge,  Mass. : 

The  Songs  of  Degrees. 

5.  Prof.  J.  Henry  Thayer,  Harvard  University  :  cru  et7ra<?,  (tv 

Xeyei9,  in  the  answers  of  Jesus. 

Second  Special  Session. 

Friday,  December  28,  at  2  40  v.  m. 

6.  Eev.  Benjamin  W.  Bacon,  Oswego,  N.  Y. :  The  displace- 

ment of  John  xiv. 

7.  Prof.  Morris   Jastrow,  Jr.,   University  of   Pennsylvania : 

Hebrew  proper  names  compounded  with  ri"  and  in\ 

8.  Prof.  Paul  Haupt,  Johns  Hopkins  University  :  On  2  Samuel 

1.  Zo. 

9.  Picv.  William   H.   Cobb,   Boston  :    Julius   Ley   on    Isaiah 

xl.-lxvi. 


PROGRAM  OF    MODERN   LANGUAGE   ASSOCIATION.      115 

10.  Prof.  Nathaniel  Schmidt,  Colgate  University :  Mapavada, 

1  Cor.  xvi.  22. 

11.  Prof.  M.  S.  Terky,  Garrett  Biblical  Institute  :  The  scope 

aud  plan  of  the  Apocalypse  of  John. 


Third  Special  Session. 

Saturday,  December  29,  at  10.15  a.  m. 

12.  Prof.  George  F.  Moore,  Andover  Theological  Seminary: 

1  Kings  vii.  46  and  the  question  of  Succoth  (read  by  Pro- 
fessor Lyox). 

13.  Eev.  W.  Scott  Watson,  Guttenberg,  N.  J. :  Two  Samaritan 

manuscripts  of  portions  of  the  Pentateuch  (read  in  abstract). 

14.  Prof.  J.  P.  Peters  and  Prof.  H.  Y.  Hilprecht  presented  a 

paper  (numbered  1)  at  the  Joint  Session  of  Priday  morning. 


THE   MODERN  LANGUAGE   ASSOCIATION  OF   AMERICA. 

(Organized  1883.) 

A.  Marshall  Elliott,  President,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
James  W.  Bright,  Secretary,  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

First  Eegular  Session. 

Thursday,  December  27,  at  3  p.  m. 

1.  Prof.  W.  T.  Hewett,  Cornell  University  :  The  life  and  works 

of  Prof.  Matthias  de  Yries. 

2.  Prof.  K.  Francke,  Harvard  University  :  The  relation  of  early 

German  romanticism  to  the  classic  ideal. 

3.  Prof.  George  Lyman  Kittredge,  Harvard  University :    Hie 

Friar's  Lantern. 

4.  Prof.  Edward  H.   Magill,  Swarthmore  College :  The  new 

method  in  Modern  Language  study. 


116     PROGRAM  OF  MODERN   LAXGUAGE   ASSOCIATIOX. 
Second  Kegular  Session. 

Friday,  December  28,  at  3  r.  m. 

5.  Prof.  Frederic  Spencer,  University  of  North  Wales,  Bangor, 

Wales :  On  the  reform  of  methods  in  teaching  the  Modern 
Languages,  together  with  an  experiment  in  the  teaching  of 
German. 

6.  Prof.  Alex.  Melville  Bell,  Washington,  D.  C. :  A  note  on 

syllabic  consonants. 

7.  Prof.  Henry  E.  Lang,  Yale  University:   The  metres  em- 

ployed by  the  earliest  Portuguese  lyric  school. 

8.  Dr.  J.  Hendren  Gorrell,  Wake  Forest  College,  N.  C. :  In- 

direct discourse  in  Anglo-Saxon. 

9.  Prof.  0.  F.  Emerson,  Cornell  University :  A  parallel  between 

the  Middle  English  poem  Patience  and  one  of  the  pseudo- 
Tertullian  poems. 

Third  PcEGUlar  Session. 

Saturday,  December  29,  at  10  a.  m. 

10.  Mr.  W.  Henry  Schofield,  Harvard  University :  Eli;^abeth 

Elstob  :  an  Anglo-Saxon  scholar  nearly  two  centuries  ago, 
with  her  Pica  for  Learning  in  Women. 

11.  Dr.  C.  C.  Marden,  Johns  Hopkins  University  :  The  Spanish 

dialect  of  Mexico  City. 

12.  Prof.  C.  H.  Ptoss,  Agricultural  and   Mechanical   College, 

Ala. :    Henry  Timrod  and  his  poetry. 

13.  Prof.  James  T,  Hatfield,  Northwestern  LTniversity :   The 

poetry  of  Wilhelm  Miiller. 

14.  Dr.  L.  E.  Menger,  Johns  Hopkins  University :   Early  Ro- 

manticists in  Italy. 

Fourth  Regular  Session. 

Saturday,  December  29,  at  3  v.  si. 

15.  Dr.  Edwin  S.  Lewis,  Princeton  University :  On  the  devel- 

opment of  inter- vocalic  labials  in  the  Romanic  languages. 


PROGRAM  OF  SPELLING   REFORM   ASSOCIATIOX.        117 

16.  Dr.  L.  A.  Ehoades,  Cornell  University  :   Notes  on  Goethe's 

Ipkigenic. 

17.  Mr.  Alex.  W.  Herdler,  Princeton  University:    On  the 

Slavonic  languages. 

18.  Dr.  Thomas  A.  Jenkins,  Philadelphia  :  Old  French  equiva- 

lents of  Latin  substantives  in  -cus,  -gus,  -vus. 

19.  Prof.  A.  Pt.  HoHLFELD,  Vanderbilt  University :    Contril)u- 

tions  to  a  bibliography  of  Racine  (read  by  title). 

20.  Prof.  Hermann  Collitz  presented  a  paper  (numbered  5)  at 

the  Joint  Session  of  Friday  morning. 


AI^IERICAN  DIALECT   SOCIETY. 

(Orgauized  1889.) 

Edward  S.  Sheldon,  President,  Harvard  University. 
Eugene  H.  Babbitt,  Secretary,  Columbia  College. 

Prof.  E.  S.  Sheldon,  Harvard  University,  read  a  paper  (num- 
bered 8)  at  the  Joint  Session  of  Friday  morning. 


SPELLING  REFORM  ASSOCIATION. 
(Organized  1876.) 

Francis  A.  March,  President,  Lafayette  College. 

Fred.  A.  Fernald,  Corresjwnding  Secretary,  New  York  City. 

Friday  afternoon,  December  28. 

1.  Opening  remarks  by  President  March:   The  movement  for 

spelling  reform. 

2.  Paper  by  H.  L.  Wayland,  D.D.,  Editor  of  the  Examiner : 

The  obstacles  to  reform. 

3.  Eemarks  by  James  W.  Walk,  M.  D.,  Commissioner  of  Chari- 

ties and  Correction,   Philadelphia  :   The   advantage  of   a 
reformed  orthography  to  the  children  of  the  poor. 


1]8       PROGRAM  OF   THE   ARCII.EOLOGTCAL  INSTITUTE. 

4.  Kemarks  by  Charles  P.  G.  Scott,  Ph.  D.,  Editor  of  JForces- 

tirs  Dictiumry  :    The  attitude  of  philologists  toward  the 
spelling  reform. 

5.  Remarks  by  Patterson  Du  l^ois,  A.  M.,  of  Philadelphia. 

6.  Pemarks  by  J.  H.  Allex,  of  Massachusetts. 

7.  Remarks  by  Mrs.  E.  B.  Burns,  of  New  York. 


ARCH^OLOGICAL   INSTITUTE  OF  AlVIERICA. 

(Orgauized  1879.) 

Setii  Low,  President,  Columbia  College. 

Harold  jS".  Fowler,  Corresponduirj  ."secretary,  AVesteru  Reserve 
University. 

First  Special  Session. 

Friday  afternoon,  December  28. 

1.  Mrs.  Sara  Y.  Stevenson,  University  of  Pennsylvania  :    The 

antiquities  from  Koptos  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

2.  Rev.  W.  C.  WiNSLOW,  Boston,  Mass. :  The  explorations  at 

the  temple  of  Queen  Hatasu. 

3.  Mr.  Talcott   Williams,  The   Press,   Philadelphia  :    Local 

Moorish  architecture  in  North  Morocco. 

4.  Prof.  Frank  B.  Tarbell,  University  of  Chicago  :  Retrograde 

inscriptions  on  Attic  vases. 

5.  Prof.  John  Williams  White,  Harvard  University :  History 

and  work  of  the  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  at 
Athens. 

6.  Prof.  William  R.  Ware,  Columbia  College,  N.  Y. :  The  New 

American  School  of  Architecture  at  Rome. 

Second  Special  Session. 

Saturday  morning,  December  29. 

7.  Prof.  William  H.  Goodyear,  Brooklyn  Institute :  A  discov- 

ery of  Greek  horizontal  curves  in  the  Maison  Carrde  at 
Nimes. 


PROGRAM   OF   THE   ARCILEOLOGICAL    INSTITUTE.      119 

8.  Eev.  Jonx  P.  Peters,  New  York :  The  excavations  of  the 

Babylonian  expedition  at  the  temple  of  Bel  in  Nippur. 

9.  Prof.  Allan  Makquand,  Princeton  University :   A  study  in 

Greek  architectural  proportions. 

10.  Prof.  Myeon  Pt.  Saxfokd,  Middlebury  College :  The  new 
faun  of  the  Quiriual. 

11.  Prof.  W.  C.  Lawton,  Philadelphia  :  Accretions  to  the  Troy 

myth  after  Homer. 

12.  Mr.  Bark  Perree,   Brooklyn :   Architecture  of  mediaeval 

houses  in  France, 
13  and  14.  Prof.  A.  L.  Feothingham,  Jr.,  Princeton  University  : 
Byzantine   influence   upon   Mediieval    Italy.      The   ivory 
throne  at  Eavenna. 

15.  Mr.   William  Eankix,  Jr.,  Princeton   University:   Some 

early  Italian  pictures  in  American  galleries. 

16.  Prof.  Alfeed  Emeeson,  Cornell  University :    The  archaeol- 

ogy of  Athenian  politics  in  the  fifth  century  B.  c. 

17.  Prof.  Federico  Halbherr,  University  of  Eome,  presented 

a   paper  (numbered  7)  at   the   Joint   Session    of  Friday 
morning. 


III. 


CHEOXOLOGICAL    BIBLIOGRAPHY    OF    THE    WBIT- 
IXGS   OF  WILLIAM   DWIGHT   WHITNEY. 

NOTE. 

The  Blhliographies  of  the  Present  Officers  of  Yale  Universiti/,  pub- 
lished at  New  Haven,  1893,  contain,  pages  147-152,  a  list  of  Professor 
Whitney's  principal  writings,  compiled  by  him,  and  consisting  of  some 
143  numbers.  Mr.  Whitney's  list,  as  thus  published,  was  very  consider- 
ably enlarged  by  his  pupil  and  assistant,  Dr.  Hanns  Oertel,  of  Yale  Uni- 
versity. Dr.  Oertel  added  the  titles  of  articles  and  minor  papers  which 
Mr.  AVhitney  had  not  seen  fit  to  incorporate  in  his  own  list,  and  published 
the  whole  in  a  German  dress  in  Bezzenberger's  Beilrdge  zur  Kunde  der 
indogermanischen  Sprachen,  vol.  20,  pp.  316-331.  Dr.  Oertel's  list  has 
been  carefuU}'  revised  by  me,  and  recast  in  form,  and  supplemented  by  a 
few  additions.     Many  more  additions  might  still  be  made.^ 

All  the  numbers  which  were  not  included  by  Mr.  Whitney  in  his  list 
are  here  enclosed  in  square  brackets.  The  number  of  pages  of  most  of  the 
articles  is  indicated  by  giving  the  number  of  the  first  page  and  of  the  last. 
If  only  a  single  page-number  is  given,  this  indicates  that  the  paper  is  a 
brief  one  of  a  page  or  less. 

It  is  hoped  that  the  list,  as  thus  presented,  may  prove  to  be  of  his- 
torical and  scientific  interest  and  also  of  practical  service  to  scholars. 

C.  R.  LAXMAN. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 

AOS.  =  American  Oriental  Society. 

JAOS.  =  Journal  of  the  AOS.  —  Vol.  1,  1849  ;  etc. 


1  Such  additions  might  include,  for  example,  notices  of  the  "preliminary 
matter  "  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Orientnl  Society,  which,  for  years,  was  written 
by  him  ;  of  his  editorial  work  upon  those  and  .«imilar  ])ublications;  and  of  the 
printed  reports  made  by  him  as  Librarian  of  the  Oriental  Society. 


122  CHRONOLOGICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 

PAOS.  =.  Proceedings  of  the  AOS.  —  For  a  history  of  this  publica- 
tion, see  Whitney's  Open  Letter  (No.  323).  "  In  Oct.  15>G0 
the  new  plan  was  adopted  of  repeating  them  [the  Proceed- 
ings] in  the  Journal,  with  altered  continuous  paging  [in 
Koinan  numerals],  and  the  volumes  [of  the  Journal],  from 
vii.  on  (except  vol.  xii.),  have  contained  such  supplements." 
The  Proceedings  have  been  more  or  less  widely  di.stributed 
among  Oriental  scholars  ;  and  it  has  therefore  been  deemed 
useful  to  give  for  papers  issued  in  the  Proceedings  the 
equivalent  double  references  to  Proceedings  atul  Journal. 

APA.  =  American  Philological  Association. 

Trans.  APA.=  Transactions  of  the  APA.  — The  "  Trans,  for  "  18G9  and 
1S70  form  vol.  1.  The  "  Trans,  for"  1871  form  vol.  2, 
and  so  on  (1895  =  vol.  20). 

Pi-oc.  APA.  =  Proceedings  of  the  APA.  —  These  (like  the  PAOS.)  were 
long  issued  doubly:  first  separately-,  soon  after  the  meeiing; 
and  then  afterwards,  with  the  Transactions,  to  which  they 
formed  a  separate!}'  paged  supplement,  i)r  a[ipendix. 

The  annual  meeting  is  held  in  the  summer.  The  Pro- 
ceedings were  sometimes  issued  before  the  succeeding  New 
Year's  Day  and  sometimes  after.  Hence  I  was  sometimes 
uncertain  whether  a  given  Proceedings  paper  should  be 
entered  under  the  year  of  the  meeting  or  under  the  fol- 
lowing year. 

AJP.  =  American  Journal  of  Philology.  Editerl  by  Basil  L.  Gildersleeve, 
Professor  of  Greek  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Balti- 
more.    Vol.  1,  1880;  etc. 

O&LS.  =  Oriental  and  linguistic  studies :  First  series  and  Second  series 
(:=Nos.  161  and  181,  below,  where  the  contents  are  given). 

For  the  sake  of  some  foreign  scholars,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  The 
Nalion,  The  Independent,  and  The  Critic  are  weekly  journals, 
so  named,  and  published  in  New  York  City. 


Current 
Number 


1844. 


[la.]  Forms.  The  Williams  Monthhf  Miscellany.  Conducted 
hy  the  Students  of  Williams  Culleye.  Volume  I.  Henry 
Cliickeriii!];  .  .  .  Printer,  North  Adams,  ]\Iass.  1844  [-Tuly, 
1844-June,  1845].  Panes  65-67,  in  No.  2,  for  August, 
1844.      [Unsio-n.Hl] 

[11..]  [On  the  Pine  Groslieak.]  Ibidem,  pp.  83-85,  in  No.  2, 
for  August,  1844.     [The  heading  of  tlie  article  is  :  "  From 


WRITINGS   OF   WILLIAM   DWICillT   WHITNEY.        123 

the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History.  —  Family  15th  Fringilliiue. 
The  Corythus  Euucleator,  or  Pine  Grosbeak."  It  is  signed 
"  O.  C."  (=  "  Oh,  see  !"?).  —  The  "  Lyceum  "  of  Natural 
History  of  Williams  College  was  founded  in  1835.  Mr. 
Whitney  was  one  of  its  Presidents.] 
[Ic]  [The  Snowy  Owl.]  Ibidem,  pp.  129-133,  in  No.  3,  for 
September,  1844.  [The  heading  of  the  article  reads  as 
follows  :  "From  the  Lyceum  of  Natural  History.  —  Family 
3rd  Stringing,  Surnia  Nyctea.  Snowy  Owl."  Signed 
"  0.  C."  —  This  production  of  a  seventeen-year-old  boy  is 
remarkable  both  in  form  and  in  substance.  It  is  the  fruit 
of  keen  and  loving  observation,  set  forth  in  vivacious  and 
charming  English.] 

1845. 
[Id.]  The  drowned  child.    From  Goethe's  "  Elective  Affinities." 
Ibidem,  pp.  445-446,  in  No.  10,  for  April,  1845.     [Signed 
"  Lehrling."] 

1849. 

1.  On  the  grammatical  structure  of  the  Sanskrit.     (Translated 

and  abridged  from  von  Bohlen.)     Bibliotlicca  Sacra^  vol. 

6,  pp.  471-486,    No.  for  August.      [Signed  "By  W.  D. 
Whitney,  Northampton,  Mass."] 

1850. 

2.  A  comparison  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  verbs.     Ibidem,  vol. 

7,  pp.   654-668,  No.  for  October.      [Signed  "By  W.  D. 
Whitney,  Yale  College,  Philolog.  Department."] 

1851. 
[3.]  lieport  on  the  geology  of  the  Lake  Superior  land  district  : 
by  J.  W.  Foster  and  J.  D.  Whitney,  United  States  Geol- 
ogists.     Part  II.     Washington,  1851.     Chapter  xxi.,  pp. 
359-381.     Pteport  on  the  Botany.     By  W.  D.  Whitney. 

["  Remarks  on  the  flora  of  this  region.  —  Predominance  of  North- 
ern types.  —  Effect  of  the  Lakes  in  equalizing  the  temperature.  — 
The  character  of  the  vegetation  little  influenced  by  the  geological 
formations. — List  of  plants,  with  remarks  on  some  of  the  more 
important  trees  and  shrubs."] 


ll'4  CHRONOLOGICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 

1852. 

4.  Tabellarische  Darstellung  der  gegenseitigen  Verhaltnisse 
der  Sauhitas  des  Kik,  banian,  weissen  Yajiis  uud  Athar- 
van.  Weber's  ludische  titudien  (Berlin),  vol.  2,  pp.  321- 
368. 

[5.]  On  the  main  results  of  the  later  Vedic  researches  in 
Germany.  (Preliminary  abstract  of  No.  6.)  PAOS.  for 
October,  pp.  5-7,  not  included  in  the  Journal.  [This  was 
Professor  Whitney's  first  communication  to  the  American 
Oriental  Society,  and  was  read  to  the  Society  at  its  meet- 
ing in  New  Haven,  Oct.  13,  1852,  by  Professor  Salisbury, 
the  author  being  then  in  Germany.] 

1853. 

6.  On  the  main  results  of  the  later  Vedic  researches  in  Ger- 
many. JAOS.,  vol.  3,  pp.  289-328.  (Reprinted,  O&LS., 
No.  164.) 

[7.]  Translation  of  R.  Eoth's  On  the  morality  of  the  Veda. 
JAOS.,  vol.  3,  pp.  329-347. 

1854. 

8.  On  the  history  of  the  Vedic  texts.  JAOS.,  vol.  4,  pp.  245- 
261. 

[9-12.]  Eeviews  —  printed  in  JAOS.,  vol.  4,  pp.  457-471  — 
of :  R.  Lepsius's  Ueber  den  ersten  iigyptischen  Gotter- 
kreis ;  J.  A.  Vullers's  Lexicon  Persico-Latinum  etymolo- 
gicum ;  Bohtlingk  und  Roth's  Sanskrit-Worterbuch ;  T. 
Benfey's  Handbuch  der  Sanskritsprache. 

1855. 

13.  Bopp's  Comparative  accentuation  of  the  Greek  and   San- 

skrit languages.     JAOS.  vol.  5,  pp.  195-218. 

14.  On  the  Avesta  or  the  sacred  scriptures  of  the  Zoroastrian 

religion.  JAOS.,  vol.  5,' pp.  337-383.  [First  read  before 
the  Society  Oct.  18,  1854.  Issued,  1856.]  (Reprinted, 
O&LS.,  No.  164.) 


WRITINGS  OF  WILLIAM   DWIGIIT  WHITNEY.        125 

1856. 

15.  Contributions  from  the  Atliarva-Veda  to  the  theory  of 
Sanskrit  verbal  accent.  JAOS.,  vol.  5,  pp.  385-419.  [The 
ndf/arl  type  in  this  article  was  set  by  Mr.  Whitney's  own 
hand.]  [Translated  by  A.  Kuhn  into  German  in  Kuhn 
and  Schleicher's  Bcitrdge  zur  vergleichenden  SjJraclifur- 
sdmng,  vol.  1,  part  2,  pp.  187-222,  1857.] 

[16.]  Brief  biography  of  E.  Lepsius  as  introduction  to  J.  S. 
Eopes's  critique  of  Lepsius's  Das  allgemeine  linguistische 
Alphabet.     BiUiothcca  Sacra,  vol.  13,  pp.  681-684. 

1855-1856. 

17.  Atharva- Veda-San hita,   herausgegeben  von   E.  Eoth  und 

W.  D.  Whitney.     Part  1,  1855 ;   part  2,  1856  ;   royal  8°, 
vi  +  458  pp. 

1857. 

18.  Alphabetisches  Verzeichniss  der  Versanfange  der  Atharva- 

Samhita.  Weber's  Indische  Studien  (Berlin),  vol.  4,  pp. 
9-64. 
[18a  ?]  Statement  and  appeal  of  the  American  Oriental  Society. 
[This  elaborate  and  forcible  document  appears,  from  internal  evi- 
dence and  from  the  statements  in  JAOS.,  vol.  6,  pp.  578  and  579 
(Minutes  of  meetings  of  May,  1857  and  Oct.  1857),  to  have  been 
issued  in  the  -winter  of  18.57-58.  It  is  the  report  of  the  Committee 
on  the  mode  of  increasing  the  efficiency  of  the  Society,  made 
"through  the  Corresponding  Secretary"  (W.  D.  W.).  It  is  signed 
by  Edward  Robinson,  Theodore  D.  Woolsey,  Rufus  Anderson,  C.  C. 
Felton,  E.  E.  Salisbury,  James  Hadley,  and  AV.  D.  Whitney;  but  I 
think  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  all  or  nearly  all  of  the  actual 
work  of  preparing  the  report  is  to  be  credited  to  JNIr.  Whitney.  — 
C.  R.  L.] 

1858. 

19.  The  British  in  India.     lieiv  Englander,  vol.  16,  pp.  100- 

141.     (Eeprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  181.) 
[20.]  On  the  history  of  religions  in  China.     PAOS.  for  May, 

pp.  7-8,  not  included  in  the  Journal. 
[21.]  Upon  the  Vedic  doctrine  of  a  future  life.     PAOS.  for 

November,  p.  6,  not  included  in  the  Journal.    (Cf.  No.  24.) 


126  CHRONOLOGICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 

[l*2.]  On  the  origin  of  language.  TAOS,  for  November,  pp. 
8-J,  not  included  in  the  Journal. 

1859. 

23.  China  and  the  Chinese.     Nciu  Eaglander,  vol,  17,  pp.  111- 

143.     (Keprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  181.) 

24.  On  the  Vedic  doctrine  of  a  future  life.     BiUiotheca  Sacra, 

vol.  16,  pp.  404-420.     (Keprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.     Cf. 

No.  21.) 
[25.]   On  the  origin  of  the  Hmdu  science  of  astronomy.    PAOS. 

for  May,  p.  8,  not  included  in  the  Journal. 
[26.]   Comparison  of  the  elements  of  the  lunar  eclipse  of  Feb. 

6,  1860,  as  calculated  according  to  the  data  and  methods 

of  the    Surya-Siddhanta,   and    as  determined  l>y  modern 

science.     PAOS.  for  October,  pp.  4-5,  not  included  in  the 

Journal. 
[27.]   Strictures  upon  the  views  of  M.  Ernest  Pienan  respecting 

the   origin   and   early  history  of    languages.     PAOS.  for 

October,  pp.  9-10,  not  included  in  the  Journal. 
[28.]  Keview  of  E.  A.  Wilson's  New  history  of  the  conquest  of 

Mexico.     Neiv  Englander,  vol.  17,  pp.  546-549. 

[29.]   The  Eosetta  stone  and  its  inscription.     Ibidem,  pp.  549- 

550. 

1860. 

30.  Translation  of  the  Surya-Siddhanta,  a  text-book  of  Hindu 
astronomy  :  with  notes,  and  an  appendix.  JAOS.,  vol.  6, 
pp.  141-498.  [P)()tli  translation  and  notes  are  entirely  by 
Professor  Whitney,  though  in  the  work  itself  tliis  fact 
is  acknowledged  only  in  tlie  words  "  assisted  by  the  Com- 
mittee of  Publication."] 

[30a.]  Note  on  Arya-bhatta  and  his  writings  (Laghu-Arya- 
Siddhanta).     JAOS.,  vol.  6,  pp.  560-564. 

[31.]  On  Midler's  History  of  Vedic  literature.  PAOS.  for 
October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  7,  p.  viii.     (Cf.  No.  33.) 

1861. 
32.  China  and  the  West.     JVew  Englander,  vol.  19,  pp.  1-31. 
(Eeprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  181.) 


WIUTIXCJS   OF   WILLIAM    DWKJIIT   WIIITXEY.        127 

33.  jMuller's  History  of  Vedic  literature.     Christian  Examiner, 

vol.  70,  pp.  251-281.     (Keprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.) 

34.  On  Lepsius's  Standard  Alphabet.     JAOS.,  vol.  7,  pp.  299- 

332.     (Cf.  No.  68.) 

35.  Review  of  Soule  and  Wheeler's  Manual  of  English  pro- 
nunciation and  spelling.  New  Enfjlander,  vol.  19,  pp. 
913-929. 

[36.]  Remarks  upon  E.  Webb's  On  the  Scythian  affinities  of 
the  Dravidian  languages.     JAOS.,  vol.  7,  pp.  296-298. 

[37.]  Remarks  on  Rev.  R.  Caldwell's  Comparative  Dravidian 
grammar.     PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  7,  pp.  xiii-xiv. 

[38.]  On  the  ancient  and  modern  dialects  of  the  Persian  lan- 
guage.    Ibidem,  p.  xiv.     (Brief  announcement.) 

[39.]  On  Lepsius's  Standard  Alphabet.  PAOS.  for  October, 
=  JAOS.,  vol.  7,  p.  xlix.     (Brief  announcement  of  No.  34.) 

1862. 
40.   Tlie  Atharva-Veda-Praticakhya,  or  (^'aunaklya  Caturadhy- 

ayika  :    text,  translation,   and  notes.     JAOS.,  vol.  7,  pp. 

333-616.     [Also  separately.] 
[41.]  Announcement  concerning  No.  40.     PAOS.  for  May,  := 

JAOS.,  vol.  7,  pp.  liii-liv. 
[42.]  The  teachings  of  the  Yedic  Prati^akhyas  with  respect  to 

the  theory  of  accent  and  the  pronunciation  of  groups  of 

consonants.     PAOS.  for  Octolier,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  7,  p.  Ivii. 
[43.]  On  the  views  of  Biot  and  Weber  respecting  the  origin  of 

the  Hindu  and  Chinese  asterisms.     PAOS.  for  October,  =: 

JAOS.,  vol.  7,  pp.  lix-lx.     (Cf.  No.  44.) 

1863. 
44.  On  the  views  of  Biot  and  Weber  respecting  the  relations 

of  the  Hindu  and  Chinese  systems  of  asterisms  ;  with  an 

addition,  on  Miiller's  views  respecting  the  same  subject. 

JAOS.,  vol.  8,  pp.  1-94.     (Cf.  Nos.  43  and  69.) 
[45.]  The  Taittiriya  Praticakhya.     PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS., 

vol.  8,  p.  xii.     (Brief  announcement:  cf.  No.  137.) 
[46.]  On  Miiller's  view^s  respecting  the  relation  of  the  Hindu 

and  Chinese  asterisms,  and  respecting  other  points  in  Hindu 


12S  CHRONOLOGICAL   BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 

astronomy  and  clironology.     TAOS,  for  October,  =  JAOS., 
vol.  8,  pp.  xvii-xviii.     (Abstract  of  part  of  No.  44.) 
[47.]  On  the  relation  of  language  to  the  problem  of  human 
unity.     PA08.   for   October,  =  JAOS.,   vol.  8,  pp.  xxii- 
xxiii.     (Cf.  No.  77.) 

1861-1863. 

48-56.  The  following  articles  in  Appleton's  Neio  American 
Cyclopccdia,  first  edition  :  Persia,  language  and  literature 
of,  vol.  lo,  pp.  164-171;  Sanscrit,  vol.  14,  pp.  334-339; 
Semitic  race  and  languages,  ibidem,  pp.  499-501 ;  Syriac 
language  and  literature,  vol.  15,  pp.  266-268  ;  Turanian 
race  and  languages,  ibidem,  pp.  641-643  ;  Turkish  language 
and  literature,  ibidem,  pp.  657-660  ;  Veda,  vol.  16,  pp.  38- 
40;  Zendavesta,  ^6^Vit'm,pp.  628-629;  Zoroaster,  ibidem,  p. 
655.     Cf.  Nos.  290  and  307  and  308-310. 

1864. 

57.  Brief  abstract  of  a  series  of  six  lectures  on  the  Principles  of 
Linguistic  Science,  delivered  at  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion in  March,  1864.  Smithsonian  Rej)ort  for  1864,  pp. 
95-116. 

[58.]  On  the  origin  of  language.  PAOS.  for  October,  =  JAOS., 
vol.  8,  p.  Iv. 

[58a.]  Pieview  of  Charles  L.  Brace's  The  races  of  the  Old 
World :  a  manual  of  ethnology.  North  American  Review, 
vol.  98,  pp.  273-276. 

1865. 

59.  On  the  Jyotisha  observation  of  the  place  of  the  colures,  and 

the  date  derivable  from  it.  Journal  of  the  Royal  Asiatic 
Society  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  new  series,  vol.  1, 
pp.  316-331. 

60.  On   iMiiller's  second   series  of  lectures  on  the  Science  of 

Language.  Xorth  American  Reviev:,  vol.  100,  pp.  565-581. 
(Eeprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.) 

61.  Is  the  study  of  language  a  physical  science?     Ibidem,  vol. 

101,  pp.  434-474. 


WRITINGS   OF   WILLIAM   DWKillT   WIIITXEY.         129 

[61a.]  Ixeview  of  S.  S.  Hakleman's  Affixes  in  their  origin  and 
application,  exhibiting  the  etymologic  structure  of  English 
words.     Ibidem,  vol.  101,  pp.  584-587. 

[62.]  Necrology  of  the  Hon.  Charles  W.  Bradley.  PADS,  for 
May,  —  JAGS.,  vol.  8,  pp.  Ix-lxii. 

[63.]  On  the  detinition  and  relations  of  vowel  and  consonant. 
PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  8,  pp.  Ixviii-lxix.  (Abstract 
of  the  "  notes  "  mentioned  in  No.  68.) 

[64]  Reply  to  the  strictures  of  Professor  Weber  upon  liis 
essay  respecting  tlie  asterismal  system  of  the  Hindus, 
Arabs,  and  Chinese.  PAOS.  for  October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  8, 
pp.  Ixxxiii-lxxxiv.     (Abstract  of  No.  69.) 

\_Qo.']  On  Pictet's  w-ork  :  Indo-European  Origins,  or  the  Primi- 
tive Aryans.     Ihidcm,  pp.  Ixxxv-lxxxvi. 

[66.]  Eeview  of  W.  R.  Alger's  The  poetry  of  the  Orient.  The 
Nation,  vol.  1,  October  26. 

[67.]  Pieview  of  Saadi's  Gulistan,  or  Rose  Garden  .  .  .  trans- 
lated by  Francis  Gladwin.     The  Nation,  November  23. 

68.  On  Lepsius's  Standard  Alphabet :  a  letter  of  explanations 

from  Professor  Lepsius,  with  notes  by  W.  D.  Whitney. 
JAOS.,  vol.  8,  pp.  335-373.  (Cf.  Nos.  34  and  63;  also 
O&LS.,  No.  181,  essay  ix.) 

1866. 

69.  Reply  to  the  strictures  of  Professor  Weber  upon  an  essay 

respecting  the  asterismal  system  of  the  Hindus,  Aral:)S, 

and  Chinese.     JAOS.,  vol.  8,  pp.  382-398.     (Cf.  No.  64.) 
[70.]  Critique  of   Alford's  A  plea  for  the   Queen's   English. 

North  American  Review,  vol.  103,  pp.  563-572.    (Reprinted, 

O&LS.,  No.  181.) 
[71.]  Review  of  J.  Wilson's  Phrasis  :    a  treatise  on  the  history 

and  structure  of  the  different  languages  of  the  w^orld.    The 

Nation,  August  2. 
[72.]  On  the  beginnings  of  Indo-European  speech.     PAOS.  for 

May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  9,  p.  vi. 
[73.]   On  the  classification  of  languages.     PAOS.  for  October, 

=  JAOS.,  vol.  9,  p.  xi. 

9 


130  CHRONOLOGICAL   BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 

1867. 

74.  Language  ami  the  study  of  language :    twelve  lectures  on 

the  principles  of  linguistic  science.  New  York,  12°,  xi  -|- 
489  pp.  [Translated  into  German  by  Prof.  Julius  Jolly, 
1874,  Mlinchen  (Aekermann),  8°,  xxix  -|-  713  pp.;  — 
into  Netherlandish  liy  J.  Beckering  Vinckers,  2  vols., 
1877-81,  Haarlem  (Bohn),  8°,  xvi  +  436  pp.  and  iv  + 
476  pp.]     (Cf.  No.  206.) 

75.  The  value  of  linguistic  science  to  ethnology.      New  Emj- 

landcr,  vol.  26,  pp.  30-52. 

76.  Languages  and  dialects.     North  American  Review,  vol.  104, 

pp.  30-64. 

77.  On  the  testimony  of  language  respecting  the  unity  of  the 

human  race.  Ibidem,  vol.  105,  pp.  214-241.  (Cf.  No. 
47.) 

78.  Key  and  Oppert  on  Indo-European  philology.     Ibidem,  pp. 

521-554.     (Reprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164,  essay  vii.) 

79.  The   aim   and   object   of   the   Sheffield   Scientific    School. 

Annual  Statement  for  1867-68,  pp.  9-21. 
[80.]  How  shall  we   spell?     The  Nation,  April  25,  May  2, 

June  6.     (Beprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  181.) 
[81.]  On  the  views  of  Professor  Key  and  M.  0})pert  rc'^pecting 

Sanskritic  and  Indo-European  philology.     PAOS.  for  May, 

=  JAOS.,  vol.  9,  pp.  xvii-xviii.     (Cf.  No.  78.) 
[82.]  On  the  translation  of  the  Veda.     PAOS.  for  October,  = 

JAOS.,  vol.  9,  pp.  xxxiv-xxxvi.     (Cf.  No.  87.) 
[83.]  G.  W.  Moon's  Strictures  on  Dean  Alford's  Essays  on  the 

Queen's  English.     New  Englander,  vol.  26,  pp.  173-176. 
[84.]  Beview  of  W.  Simson's  A  history  of  the  Gipsies.   Ibidem, 

pp.  176-177. 
[85.]  Beview  of  M.  Scheie  de  Vere's  Studies  in  English.    North 

American  Revierv,  vol.  104,  pp.  631-635. 
[86.]  Beview  of  B.  Soule  and  W.  A.  Wheeler's  First  lessons  in 

reading.     Ibidem,  pp.  655-658. 


WRITINGS  OF  WILLIAM  DWIGHT  WHITNEY.        131 

1868. 

87.  The  translation  of  the  Veda.     North  American  Review,  vol. 

106,  pp.  515-542.     (Eeprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.     Of.  Xo. 
82.) 

88.  On  A.  M.  Bell's  Visible  speech.     Ibidem,  vol.  107,  pp.  347- 

358.     (Reprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  181.) 

[88a.]  Eeview  of  J.  P.  Lesley's  Man's  origin  and  destiny. 
Ibidem,  vol.  107,  pp.  368-370. 

[89.]  On  Bell's  Visible  speech.  PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol. 
9,  pp.  xxxix-xl.  (Abstract  of  No.  88.)  [This  was  at 
the  meeting  in  Boston.  It  was  the  only  communication 
presented.] 

[90-99.]  Reviews  —  in  The  (New  York)  Natio7i  —  of :  F.  Max 
Mliller's  Chips  from  a  German  workshop,  I.,  II.  (cf.  No. 
106) ;  J.  Legge's  The  life  and  teachings  of  Confucius  and 
A.  W.  Loomis's  Confucius  and  the  Chinese  classics ;  A^'on 
Martius's  Beitriige  zur  Ethnographie  und  Sprachenkunde 
Amerikas,  zumal  Brasiliens  ;  The  first  volume  of  the 
M^moires  de  la  Soci^td  de  Linguistique  of  Paris  ;  J.  P. 
Brown's  Ancient  and  modern  Constantinople ;  F.  Max 
Mliller's  On  the  stratification  of  languages  ;  A.  Weber's 
Indische  Streifen  ;  G.  W.  Moon's  Bad  English  of  Lindley 
Murray,  and  other  writers  on  tlie  English  language  ;  R.  T. 
H.  Griffith's  Scenes  from  the  Ramayan,etc. ;  John  Beames's 
Outlines  of  Indian  philology. 

[100.]  Histories  of  India.  North  American  Revieio,  vol.  106, 
pp.  340-345. 

[101.]  Obituary  of  Franz  Bopp.  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  for  June,  1868,  vol.  8,  pp. 
47-49. 

'[102.]  Review  of  F.  Max  Mliller's  On  the  stratification  of  lan- 
guage.    Atlantic  Monthly  for  December,  pp.  761-762. 

1864-1868. 
[103-105.]  Notices  of  the  Oratorios,  Mendelssohn's  "  St.  Paul," 
Hiindel's  "Messiah,"  and  Haydn's  "Creation,"  for  the  New 
Haven  newspapers. 


132  CHRONOLOGICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF   THE 

1869. 

106.  On  Miiller's  Chips  from  a  German  workshop,  I.,  II. 
North  American  Review,  vol.  109,  pp.  544-556.  (Reprinted, 
O&LS.,  No.  181.) 

107.  A  Compendious  German  Grammar,  with  supplement  of 
exercises.  New  York,  12°,  xvi  +  252  -}-  51  pp.  [This 
description  does  not  fit  the  very  first  edition,  which  is 
without  the  supplement.] 

[108.]  On  Prof.  Max  Miiller's  Translation  of  the  Rig-Veda. 
PAOS.  for  October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  9,  p.  Ixiv.     (Cf.  No.  133.) 

[109-111.]  Reviews  —  in  the  North  American  Review,  vol. 
108,  pp.  290-296  —  of :  C.  S.  Wake's  Chapters  on  man  ; 
John  Chalmers's  The  origin  of  the  Chinese  ;  G.  Pauthier's 
M^moires  sur  I'anticjuite  de  I'liistoire  et  de  la  civilisation 
Chinoises. 

[112-113.]  Reviews  — /&tVZcm,  vol.  108,  pp.  655-661  — of: 
Hunter's  The  annals  of  rural  Bengal ;  Hunter's  A  com- 
parative dictionary  of  the  languages  of  India  and  High 
Asia. 

[113a.]  Review  of  John  D.  Baldwin's  Pre-historic  nations. 
Ihidem,  vol.  109,  pp.  594-596. 

[114-118.]  Reviews  —  in  The  Nation— oi:  Hunter's  The 
annals  of  rural  Bengal ;  Bholonauth  Chunder's  The  travels 
of  a  Hindoo  to  various  parts  of  Bengal  and  Upper  India  ; 
F.  Lorinser's  Die  Bhagavad-Glta ;  S.  Beal's  Travels  of 
Fah-hian  and  Sung-Yun,  Buddhist  Pilgrims  from  China  to 
India ;  W.  H.  J.  Bleek's  On  the  origin  of  language  (this 
last,  reprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164). 

[110.]  Ohituary  of  August  Schleicher,  The  i\^r^^/o«,  January  28. 

[119a.]  The  Philological  Convention.  The  Nation,  August  9, 
1869.  [Notes  and  comments  upon  the  first  convention  of 
the  APA.,  which  took  place  at  Poughkeepsie,  1869.  Cf. 
No.  122a.] 

1870. 

120.  A  German  Reader,  in  prose  and  verse,  with  notes  and 
vocabulary.     New  York,  12°,  x  +  ^^23  pp. 


WRITINGS   OF   WILLIAM   DWIGHT   WHITNEY.        133 

121.  Mliller  on  the  science  of  religion.  The  Nation,  No.  276, 
October  13. 

122.  On  comparative  grammars.  North  American  Review,  vol. 
Ill,  pp.  199-208. 

[122a.]    Notes    on    the  Rochester   meeting  of   the   American 

Philological  Association.     The  Nation,  August  11.     [Cf. 

No.  119a.] 
[123.]  Review  of  L.  Jacolliofs    La   Bible  dans  I'lnde.     The 

Nation. 
[124.]   On  comparative  grammars.     PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS., 

vol.  9,  pp.  Ixxxiii-lxxxiv.     (Cf.  No.  122.) 
[125.]   On  the  system  of  duplication  in  consonant  groups,  as 

taught  by  the  ancient  Hindu  grammarians.     PAOS.  for 

October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  9,  pp.  Ixxxix-xc. 
[126.]  On  Cox's  Mythology  of    the  Aryan    nations.      Ibidem, 

p.  xcii.     (Cf.  No.  1320 
[127.]  Address  to   the  American  Philological  Association  by 

W.  D.  Whitney,  as  its  President.     Proc.  APA.  for  1870, 

pp.  4-7,  in  Trans,  for  1869-70. 
[128.]  The  Sanskrit  accent.     Ihidem,  pp.  8-9.     (Cf.  No.  130.) 
[129.]  The  present  state  of  the  discussion  of  the  origin  of  lan- 
guage.    Ihidem,  pp.  18-19.     (Cf.  No.  131.) 

1871. 

130.  On  the  nature  and  designation  of  the  accent  in  Sanskrit. 
Trans.  APA.  for  1869-70,  pp.  20-45. 

131.  On  the  present  condition  of  the  question  as  to  the  origin  of 
language.    Ihidem,  pp.  84-94.    (Reprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.) 

132.  On  Cox's  Mythology  of  the  xVryan  nations.  North  Ameri- 
can Review,  vol.  112,  pp.  218-229.  (Reprinted,  O&LS., 
No.  181.) 

[132a.]  Review  of  F.  A.  March's  Anglo-Saxon  Grammar  and 
Reader.     Ihidem,  vol.  112,  pp.  429-433. 

133.  On  Muller's  translation  of  the  Rig- Veda.  Ihidem,  vol. 
113,  pp.  174-187.     (Reprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.) 

134.  Language  and  Education.  Ihidem,  pp.  343-374.  (Re- 
printed, O&LS.,  No.  164.) 


134  CHRONOLOGICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 

135.  On  Miiller's  Lectures  on  the  Science  of  Language,  6tli  ed. 
Ibidem,  pp.  430— 1:4 L     (Kepriuted,  ()&LS.,  No.  164.) 

136.  Examination  of  Dr.  Haug's  views  respecting  Sanskrit  ac- 
centuation. PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  ix-xi. 
(Cf.  No.  186.) 

137.  The  Taittirlya-PratiQakhya,  witli  its  commentary,  the 
Trihhashyaratna :  text,  translation,  and  notes.  JAOS., 
vol.  9,  pp.  1-469.  [Fills  the  entire  volume  of  the  Journal 
proper.]     (Cf.  No.  45.) 

[137a.]  Notice  of  the  Reports  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
California.  American  Juarnal  of  Science,  vol.  1,  3d  series, 
pp.  300-301. 

[138.]  On  Prof.  11.  lioth's  recent  contributions  to  the  interpre- 
tation of  the  Avesta.  PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  10, 
pp.  xv-xvi. 

[139.]  On  Rev.  S.  A.  Rhea's  Kurdish  Grammar.  PAOS.  for 
October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  xli-xlii. 

[140.]  On  the  collation  of  a  new  MS.  of  the  Atharva-Yeda 
Pratigakhya.     Ibidem,  pp.  xliii-xliv.     (Cf.  No.  228.) 

[141.]  Abstract  of  No.  150,  which  see.  Proc.  APA.,  pp.  17-18, 
in  Trans,  for  1871. 

[142.]  Review  of  Geological  Survey  of  California  :  Ornithology. 
Vol.  1.     Land  Birds.     The  Nation,  May  18,  1871. 

[143.]  Review  of  R.  G.  White's  Words  and  their  uses,  past  and 
present.     JVe^v  Englandcr,  vol.  30,  pp.  305-311. 

[144-147.]  Reviews  — in  The  Nation  —  of:  R.  Roth's  Contri- 
butions to  the  interpretation  of  the  Avesta ;  F.  ]\Iax  IMiil- 
ler's  Chips  from  a  German  workshop,  vol.  3 ;  F.  Ebener 
and  E.  M.  Greenway's  Words  :  their  history  and  deriva- 
tion ;  J.  F.  Clarke's  Ten  great  religions. 

1872. 

148.  Steinthal  on  the  origin  of  language.  North  American  Re- 
view, vol.  114,  pp.  272-308.     (Reprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.) 

J  49.  Jacolliot's  Bible  in  India.     The  Independent,  May  2. 

150.  Strictures  on  the  views  of  August  Schleicher  respecting 
the  nature  of  language  and  kindred  subjects.  Trans.  APA. 
for  1871,  pp.  35-64.     (Reprinted,  O&LS.,  No.  164.) 


WRITINGS   OF   WILLIAM   DWIGIIT  WHITNEY.         135 

[151.]  Eemarks  on  the  study  of  Hindu  religions.  TAOS,  for 
October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  10,  p.  Ix. 

[152.]  Abstract  of  No.  165,  which  see.  Froc.  APA.,  p.  23,  in 
Trails,  for  1872. 

[153.]  Obituary  uf  Th.  Goldstlicker.     The  Nation,  April  4. 

[154-157.]  Reviews  —  in  The  Nation^ —  of  :  J.  Edkins's 
China's  place  in  philology ;  J.  0.  Moffat's  A  comparative 
history  of  religions  ;  F.  Max  Miiller's  Ueber  die  Resultate 
der  Sprachwissenschaft ;  S.  Johnson's  Oriental  religions 
and  their  relation  to  universal  religion. 

[158.]   Obituary  of  James  Hadley.     The  A^a/tt'ow,  November  21. 

[159.]  Review  of  H.  Wedgwood's  A  dictionary  of  English  ety- 
mology.    North  American  Review,  vol.  115,  pp.  423-428. 

[160-162.]  Reviews  —  in  The  (^New  York)  Independent  —  of: 
Max  Miiller's  On  the  philosophy  of  mythology  (January 
25)  ;  J.  F.  Clarke's  Ten  great  religions  (March  7)  ;  L.  Ja- 
colliot's  The  Bible  in  India  (May  2). 

[163.]  Obituary  of  James  Hadley.  New  Haven  Daihj  Palla- 
dium, Noveml)er  15.  (Issued  also,  together  with  a  list  of 
Hadley's  works,  as  an  appendix  to  the  reprint  —  from  the 
Neio  Unr/landir  of  January,  1873 — of  President  Porter's 
Funeral  Discourse.     Cf.  No.  179.) 

1873. 

164.  Oriental  and  Linguistic  Studies  :  the  Veda  ;  the  Avesta ; 
the  Science  of  Language.     New  York,  12°,  ix  -)-  417  pp. 

CONTENTS  : 

i.  The  Vedas.     (=  current  No.  6  of  this  bibliography.) 

ii.  The  Verlic  doctrine  of  a  future  life.     (No.  24.) 

iii.  Miiller's  History  of  Vedic  literature.     (No.  33.) 

iv.  The  translation  of  the  Veda.     (No.  87.) 

V,  Miiller's  Rig- Veda  translation.     (No.  133.) 

vi.  The  Avesta.     (No.  14.) 

vii.  Indo-European  philology  and  ethnology.     (No.  78.) 

viii.  Miiller's  Lectures  on  language.     (Nos.  60  and  135.) 

ix.  Present  state  of  the  question  as  to  the  origin  of  language.     (No.  131 .) 

X.  Bleek  and  the  simious  theory  of  language.     (No.  118.) 

xi.  Schleicher  and  the  physical  theory  of  language.     (No.  150.) 

xii.  Steinthal  and  the  psychological  theory  of  language.     (No.  148.) 

xiii.  Language  nnd  education.     (No.  134.) 


136  ClIllOXOLCKilCAL   lUBLIOGUArilY   OF   THE 

165.  On  materiiil  anil  foi  lu  in  language.  Trans.  APA.  for  1872, 
i:)p.  77-96. 

166.  Notes  to  Colebrooke's  Essay  on  the  Vedas.  Pp.  10;5-132 
of  vol.  1  of  the  second  edition  of  Colebrooke's  Essays, 
London,  8°. 

167.  Intercollegiate  emulation.  TJtc  Natlun,  No.  399,  Febru- 
ary  20. 

168.  On  the  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  of  the  Territories.  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Science  for  Dec.  1873,  vol.  6,  pp.  463- 
466. 

169.  Hall's  Kecent  exemplifications  of  false  philology.  The 
New  York  Times,  February  26. 

170.  Hall's  Modern  English.     Ibidem,  December  6. 

171.  The  Hayden  Expedition  (letters  from  Colorado).  The  Nevj 
York  Tribune,  extra  No.  14,  December  30.  [Translated 
by  Emile  Delerot  into  French  in  Le  Tour  du  Monde, 
Nouveau  Journal  des  Voyages  public  sous  la  direction  de 
M.  Edouard  Charton  (Paris,  Hachette),  pp.  353-368.] 

172.  Text-books  for  the  study  of  Sanskrit.  The  (Yale)  Collerje 
Courant,  December  13.  Eeprinted,  with  corrections  and 
additions,  June  27,  1874. 

173.  La  question  de  I'anusvara  Sanscrit.  Memoires  de  la  Societe 
de  Linguistique  de  Paris,  vol.  2  (1875),  pp.  194-190.  [Dated 
April  10,  1873 ;  issued  1875.]     (Cf.  No.  ]85.) 

[174.]  On  the  so-called  vowel-increment,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  views  of  Mr.  J.  Peile.  PAOS.  for  May,  = 
JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  Ixvii-lxviii. 

[175.]  On  Johannes  Schmidt's  new  theory  of  the  relationship 
of  Indo-European  languages.  PAOS.  for  October,  =  JAOS., 
vol.  10,  pp.  Ixxvii-lxxviii. 

[176.]  On  Mori's  proposal  that  the  Japanese  adopt  English  as 
a  national  language.      The  Kaiion,  January  23. 

[177.]  Hall's  ExempliHcations  of  false  philology.  The  Nation, 
May  15. 

[178.]  Eeview  of  J.  Garrett's  Classical  dictionary  of  India. 
Tlic  (New  York)  Independent,  April  10. 

[179.]  Edited:  Essays,  ])hilological  and  critical,  selected  from 
the  papers  of  James  Hadley,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  Greek  in 


WRITINGS   OF   WILLI A^r  DWIOIIT   AVIIITXKY.         137 

Yale  College.     [With  preface  by  W.  1).  W.J     New  York. 
8°,  vii  +  424  pp.     (Cf.  No.  163.) 

To  this   year  seem  to  belong   the   Cyclopedia   articles, 

Nos.  308-310. 

1874. 

180.  On  Darwinism  and  language.  North  American  Rcvieiv, 
vol.  119,  pp.  61-88. 

181.  Oriental  and  linguistic  studies.  Second  series  :  The  East 
and  West  ;  religion  and  mythology  ;  orthography  and 
phonology  ;  Hindu  astronomy.  New  York,  12'',  xi  -|- 
432  pp.  [The  volume  contains  a  "Chart,  illustrating 
the  Hindu,  Arab,  and  Chinese  Lunar  Zodiac,"  drawn  by 
W.  D.  W.] 

CONTENTS: 

i.  The  British  in  India.     (=  cm-rent  No.  19  of  tliis  bibliography.) 

ii.  China  and  the  Chinese.     (No.  23.) 

ill.  China  and  the  West.     (No.  32.) 

iv.  jNIiiller's  Chips  from  a  German  workshop.     (No.  lOG.) 

V.  Cox's  Aryan  mythology.     (No.  132.) 

vi.  Alford's  Queen's  English.     (No.  70.) 

vii.  How  shall  we  spell  ?     (No.  80.) 

viii.  The  elements  of  English  pronmiciation.     (See  note.) 

ix.  The  relation  of  vowel  and  consonant.     (No.  68  ;  and  see  note.) 

X.  Bell's  Visible  speech.     (No.  88.) 

xi.  On  the  accent  in  Sanskrit.     (See  note.) 

xii.  On  the  lunar  zodiac  of  India,  Arabia,  and  China.     (See  note.) 

Note.  —  "  The  eighth,  ninth,  eleventh,  and  twelfth  articles  are  entirely 
rewritten,  though  including  more  or  less  matter  already  published."  See 
Whitney's  Preface,  p.  viii. 

182.  Who  shall  direct  the  national  surveys  ?  The  Nation,  No. 
464,  May  21. 

183.  On  Peile's  Greek  and  Latin  etymology.  Trans.  Philol. 
Soc.  of  London  for  1873-74,  part  iii.,  pp.  299-327. 

184.  On  the  Chinese  sieu  as  constellations.  PAOS.  for  j\Iay, 
=  JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  Ixxxii-lxxxv. 

185.  On  recent  discussions  as  to  the  phonetic  character  of  the 
Sanskrit  anusvdra.  Ihidem,  pp.  Ixxxvi-lxxxviii.  (Cf.  No. 
173.) 


138  CIIROXOLOGICAL   BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 

186.  On  the  Sanskrit  accent  and  Dr.  Haug.  Ibidem  for  Octo- 
Ler,  })[).  ciii-cv.     (Cf.  No.  136.) 

[186a.J  lleview  of  Isaac  Taylor's  Etruscan  Researches.  North 
American  Review,  \o\.  119,  pp.  244-247. 

[187.]  The  proi)()rti()nal  elements  of  English  utterance.  Proc. 
APA.  pp.  14-17,  in  Trans,  for  1874. 

[188.]  The  relation  of  vowels  and  consonants,  and  certain  in- 
ferences from  it.     Ibidem,  pp.  26-28. 

[189.]  ^uo-ei  or  ^e'o-ei  ?  /kV^cw,  pp.  34-35.  (Abstract  of  No. 
195.) 

[190.]  Review  of  B.  H.  Hodgson's  Essays  on  the  languages,  lit- 
erature, and  religion  of  Nepal  and  Tibet.  Tlic  Nation, 
December  3. 

[191.]  Review  of  E.  B.  Cowell's  edition  of  H.  T.  Colebrooke's 
Miscellaneous  essays.  Tlic  (New  York)  Independent, 
April  16. 

[192.]  Review  of  L.  J.  Trotter's  History  of  India.  Ibidem, 
November  26. 

[193.]  On  the  study  of  English  grammar.  Connecticut  School 
Journcd  (New  Haven),  vol.  4,  January. 

1875. 

194.  The  Life  and  Growth  of  Language  :  an  outline  of  linguis- 
tic science.  (International  Scientific  Series,  vol.  16.)  New 
York,  12°,  ix  ~|-  326  pp.  [Translated  into  German  by 
Prof.  A.  Leskien,  1876,  12°,  xv  +  350  pp.,  Leipzig  (P,r<)ck- 
haus) ;  into  French,  1876,  8°,  vii  +  264  pp.,  Paris  (Bail- 
liere);  into  Italian  by  Prof.  F.  d'Ovidio,  1876,  8°,  xxi  + 
389  pp.,  Milan  (Dumolard);  into  Netherlandish  by  G. 
Velderman,  1879,  8°,  vi  +  274  pp.,  Arnhem  (Quint)  ; 
into  Swedish  by  G.  Stjernstrbm,  1880,  12°,  viii  -f  320  pp., 
Stockholm  (Bjcirck).] 

195.  ^vaeL  or  Oeaei  —  natural  or  conventional?  Trans.  APA. 
for  1874,  pp.  95-116. 

196.  Are  languages  institutions?  Contcmpo7'ari/  Bcvieiv  (Lon- 
don), vol.  25,  pp.  713-732. 

197.  Streitfragen  der  heutigen   Sprachphilosophie.      Deutsche 


WRITINGS   OF   WILLIAM   DWICIIT   WIIITXEY.         139 

Riindschuu  (Berlin),  vol.  4,  Xu.  for  Aug.  1875,  pp.  259- 
279.     • 

[198.]  lieport  of  progress  in  the  edition  of  the  Atharva-Veda. 
PAOS.  for  November,  =  J  AGS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  cxviii-cxix. 

[199.]  Professor  Whitney  on  Language.  The  (London)  Acad- 
emy, September,  1875. 

[200.]  Eeview  of  A.  Scliiefner's  BharaUe  responsa  Tibetice  cum 
versione  latina.  Jenaer  Liter aturzcitung.  June  11,  1875. 
[Festival-number,  in  celebration  of  Btihtlingk's  sixtieth 
birthday  and  of  the  completion  of  the  Sanskrit- Wcirter- 
biich.] 

1876. 

201.  On  the  classification  of  the  forms  of  the  Sanskrit  aorist. 
PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  cxxiv-cxxv. 

202.  ZeO  =  dydus,  and  other  points  relating  to  Sanskrit  gram- 
mar, as  presented  in  M.  Miiller's  recent  volume  of  "  Chips." 
Ibidem,  pp.  cxxvi-cxxix. 

203.  On  De  Kouge's  derivation  of  the  Phenician  alphabet  from 
the  Egyptian  characters.  PAOS.  for  November,  =  JAOS., 
vol.  10,  pp.  cxxxi-cxxxii. 

204.  The  study  of  English  grammar.  Neiv  Englaiul  Journal 
of  Education,  March  18,  April  15,  May  13. 

205.  Miiller's  Kig-Veda  and  commentary.  Ncio  Englander,  vol. 
35,  pp.  772-791. 

Language.     Article  in  Johnson's  Nevj  Universal  CyclopcB- 

dia,  vol.  2,  pp.  1633-1641.  [This  article  seems  to  belong 
to  1876,  but  was  entered  also  under  1886,  and  numbered 
there.] 

[206.]  Language  and  its  study,  with  especial  reference  to  the 
Indo-European  family  of  languages.  Seven  lectures  by 
W.  D.  W.,  .  .  . ;  edited,  with  introduction,  notes,  tables  of 
declension  and  conjugation,  Grimm's  law  with  illustra- 
tions, and  an  index,  by  tlie  Eev.  P.  Morris.  London,  1876. 
[The  first  "  seven  lectures  "  of  No.  74.  See  above,  p.  76, 
note.] 

[206a.]  Lessing's  Minna  von  Barnhelm :  with  an  introduction 
and  notes.  [In  the  series,  "  Whitney's  German  Texts."] 
New  York,  12°,  ii-f]38pp. 


140  CHRONOLOGICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 

207.  The  system  of  the  Sanskrit  verlj.  Proc.  APA.,  pp.  G-8,  in 
Trans,  for  1876. 

[208.]  The  question  of  Indo-European  and  Semitic  relation- 
ship.    Proc.  APA.,  pp.  26-28,  in  Trans,  for  1876. 

[208a.]  Keport  of  the  Committee  appointed  in  1875  to  consider 
the  Keform  of  English  Spelling  [by  its  Chairman,  W.  D.  W. : 
see  Proc.  APA.,  p.  23,  in  Trans,  for  1875].  Proc.  APA., 
pp.  35-36,  in  Trans,  for  1876.     (See  p.  33,  above.) 

[209.]  A  botanico-philological  problem.  Ibidem,  p.  43.  (Cf. 
No.  216.) 

[210.]  A  rejoinder  [to  Max  Mliller's  In  self-defence,  Chips, 
vol.  4].     The  (London)  Academy,  Jan.  1,  1876. 

[211.]  Keply  to  Mliller's  answer  to  No.  210.  The  (London) 
Examiner,  March  4,  1876. 

[212.]  Reply  to  Mliller's  declaration  in  The  (London)  Academy 
of  Feb.  12,  1876.     The  Nation,  March  16,  1876. 

[213.]  Mliller's  Chips  from  a  German  workshop.  The  Nation, 
March  23,  1876,  pp.  195  J-197  h. 

[214.]  The  (London)  Academy  and  Professor  Whitney.  Tlie 
Nation,  March  30,  1876. 

1877. 

215.  Essentials  of  English  Grammar,  for  the  use  of  schools. 
Boston,  12°,  xi  +  260  pp. 

[215a.]  A  compendious  German  and  English  dictionary.  With 
notation  of  correspondences  and  brief  etymologies.  By 
W.  D.  W.,  assisted  by  A.  H.  Edgren.  New  York,  8°,  viii  -f 
538  +  iv  +  362  pp. 

[We  quote  from  the  Preface  to  the  work  :  "  In  its  preparation  I 
have  had  the  able  and  efficient  assistance  of  Dr.  Kdgren,  witliout 
■which  the  undertaking  would  probably  never  have  been  executed."] 

216.  A  botanico-philological  problem.  Trans.  APA.  for  1876, 
pp.  73-86. 

217.  On  Cockneyisms.  Proc.  APA.,  pp.  26-28,  in  Trans,  for 
1877. 

218.  On  the  current  explanation  of  the  middle  endings  in  the 
Indo-European  verb.  PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  10, 
pp.  cxliii-cxlv. 


WRITINGS   OF   WILLIAM   DWIGIIT   WIIITXEY.         141 

219.  Re\'iew  of  T.  L.  Douse's  book  on  Grimm's    Law.      Tlie 

Nation,  Xo.  631,  August  2. 
[220.]   On   tlie   comparative   frequency  of   occurrence   of   the 

alphabetic  elements  in  Sanskrit.     PAOS.  for  October,  = 

JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  cl-clii. 
[221.]   On  surd  and  sonant.     Proc.  APA.,  pp.  8-9,  in  Trans. 

for  1877.     (Cf.  No.  223.) 
[222.]  The  principle  of  economy  as  a  phonetic  force.     Ibidem, 

p.  14.     (Cf.  No.  224.) 

1878. 

223.  On  the  relation  of  surd  and  sonant.  Trans.  APA.  for 
1877,  pp.  41-57. 

224.  The  principle  of  economy  as  a  phonetic  force.  Ibidem, 
pp.  123-134. 

225.  On  the  derivative  conjugations  of  the  Sanskrit  verb. 
PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  clxviii-clxx. 

1879. 

226.  A  Sanskrit  Grammar,  including  both  the  classical  lan- 
guage and  the  older  dialects,  of  Veda  and  Brahmana. 
Leipzig  (Breitkopf  u.  Htirtel),  8°,  xxiv  +  486  pp.  (Trans- 
lated into  German  by  Prof.  H.  Zimmer.  Ibidem,  1879,  8°, 
xxviii  +  520  pp.)     [For  the  2d  ed.,  see  No.  319.] 

[227.]  On  certain  points  in  Sanskrit  grammar.  PAOS.  for 
October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp.  xvii-xix. 

1880. 

228.  Collation  of  a  second  manuscript  of  the  Atharva-Veda 
Prati^akhya,  JAOS.,  vol.  10,  pp.  156-171.  (Presented  to 
the  Society  in  1871.     Cf.  No.  140.) 

229.  Logical  consistency  in  views  of  language.  AJP.,  vol.  1, 
pp.  327-343. 

230.  Miiller's  Sacred  books  of  the  East.  The  Lulependent, 
November  11. 

231.  Sayce  on  the  science  of  language.  The  Nation,  No.  774, 
April  29. 


142  CHRONOLOGICAL   BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 

232.  On  the  rules  of  external  combination  in  Sanskrit.  PAOS. 
for  May,  =  Jour.  vol.  11,  pp.  xxxii-xxxiv. 

233.  ()n  the  transliteration  of  Sanskrit.  Ibidem  for  October, 
vol.  1 1,  pp.  li-liv. 

[234.]    (Announcement  of)  Index-Verborum  to  the  published 

text  of   the   Atharva-Veda.     PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS., 

vol.   11,  p.  xxvi. 
[235.]   Statistics  of  external  vowel-combination  in    the    Rig- 

and  Atharva-Vedas,  by  W.  1).  Wliitney  and  W.  Haskell. 

Ibidem  for  October,  pp.  xxxvii-xxxix. 
[236.]  Logical  consistency  in  views  of  language.     Proc.  APA., 

pp.  13-lG,  in  Trans,  for  1880.      (Abstract  of  Xo.  22J.) 

1881. 

237.  Index-Verborum  to  the  published  text  of  the  Atharva- 
Veda.  JAOS.,  vol.  12,  pp.  1-383.  [Fills  the  entire 
volume.] 

238.  On  the  so-called  science  of  religion.  Princeton  Review 
for  May,  1881  (57th  year),  pp.  429-452. 

239.  On  inconsistency  in  views  of  language.  Trans.  APA.  for 
1880,  pp.  92-112. 

240.  What  is  articulation  ?     AJP.,  vol.  2,  pp.  345-350. 

241.  On  Lspsius's  Nubian  grammar.     Ibidem,  pp.  362-372. 
[242.]  On  Lepsius's  views  of  African  languages.     PAOS.  for 

May,  =:  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp.  Lwii-lxix. 

[243.]  On  the  so-called  henotheism  of  the  Veda.  IJndem  for 
October,  pp.  Ixxix-lxxxii. 

[244.]  On  mixture  in  language.  Proc.  APA.,  pp.  13-14,  in 
Trans,  for  1881.     (Cf.  No.  255.) 

[245.]  What  is  articulation  ?  Ibidem,  pp.  21-22.  (Cf.  No. 
240.) 

[246-251.]  Reviews  — in  The  Nation  — of:  E.  H.  Palmer's 
The  Qur'an,  translated ;  L.  E.  Poor's  Sanskrit  and  its 
kindred  literatures ;  T.  Benfey's  Vedica  und  Verwandtes 
and  Vedica  und  Linguistica ;  F.  ^lax  Mliller's  Chips  from 
a  German  workshop,  vol.  5  ;  E.  B.  Tylor's  Anthropology  ; 
J.  F.  McCurdy's  Aryo-Semitic  speech. 


^VK1T1NGS   OF    WILLIAM   DWIGIIT   WHITNEY.        143 

[252.]  Obituary  of  T.  Benfey.     The  Nation,  Aw^n^it  l\. 
[253.]  A.  J.   Ellis's  "  Dimidian  "  reform  of  English  spelling. 

The  (New  York)  Lulcpcndcnt,  January  27. 
[254.]  A.  ]\r.  Bell's  Sounds  and  their  relations.      Tlic  Critic, 

December  17. 

1882. 

255.  On  mixture  in  language.     Trans.  APA.  for  1881,  pp.  5-26. 

256.  General  considerations  on  the  Indo-European  case-system. 
Ihidcm  for  1882,  pp.  88-100. 

257.  Eggeling's  translation  of  the  (^'atapatha-Brahmana.  AJP., 
vol.  8,  pp.  391-410.     (Cf.  Nos.  263,  317,  and  340.) 

258.  The  cosmogonic  hymn,  Eig-Veda  x.  129.  PAOS.  for 
May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp.  cix-cxi. 

259.  Further  words  as  to  surds  and  sonants,  and  the  law  of 
economy  as  a  phonetic  force.  Proc.  APA.,  pp.  xii-xvi-i, 
in  Trans,  for  1882. 

260.  Le  prdtendu  Henothdisme  du  Vdda.  Revue  de  VHistoire 
des  Religions  (Paris),  vol.  6,  pp.  129-143. 

[261.]  Abstract   of    No.    256.     Proc.    APA.,   pp.   xlii-xliv,  in 

Trans,  for  1882. 
[262.]  Specimen  of  a  list  of  verbs,  intended  as  a  supplement  to 

his  Sanskrit  Grammar.     PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  1 1 , 

pp.  cxvii-cxix.     (Cf.  No.  286.) 
[263.]    Eggeling's    translation    of    the    Catapatha-Brahmana. 

Ibidem  for  October,  pp.  cxxxiv-cxxxvi.      (Cf.  No.  257.) 
[264.]  Obituary  of  John  Muir.     The  Nation,  March  23. 
[265.]  Eeview  of  F.  Max  Mtiller's  Buddhist  texts  from  Japan. 

Tlie  Nation,  April  1 6. 
[266.]  Obituary  of  A.  C.  Burnell.     The  Critic,  November  18. 

1883 

267.  On  the  Jaiminiya-  or  Talavakara-Brahmana.  PAOS.  for 
May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp.  cxliv-cxlviii. 

268.  Isaac  Taylor's  The  alphabet.     Science,  September  28. 

269.  The  various  readings  of  the  Sama-Veda.  PAOS.  for  Octo- 
ber, =  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp.  clxxxiv-clxxxv. 

[270.]  Eemarks  upon  M.  Bloomfield's  paper  On  cartain  irregu- 


144  CIIKOXULOGICAL  BIBLIOGRAPHY   OF   THE 

lar  Vedic  subjunctives  or  imperatives.     PAOS.  for  May, 

=  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp.  clxii-clxiv. 
[271.]  On  the  varieties  of  predication.     Proc.  APA.,  pp.  xvi- 

xvii,  in  Trans,  for  1883.     (Cf.  No.  276.) 
[272.]  On   slighted   vowels  in   English    unaccented   syllables. 

Ibidem,  p.  xxv. 
[273.]  The  sovereign  reason  for  spelling  reform.     Tlic  (New 

York)  Evening  Post,  May  19. 
[274.]  Pieview   of    C.    Abel's   Slavic   and   Latin.     Tlic    Critic, 

July  14. 
[275.]  Notice  of  volumes  17,  19,  and  23  of  the  Sacred  Books 

of  the  East.     The  Critic,  July  28. 

1884. 

276.  The  varieties  of  predication.  Trans.  APA.  for  1883, 
pp.  36-41. 

277.  The  study  of  Hindu  grammar  and  the  study  of  Sanskrit. 
AJP.,  vol.  5,  pp.  279-297.     (Cf.  Nos.  281  and  336  and  337.) 

278.  On  E.  Kuhn's  Origin  and  language  of  the  Trausgangetic 
peoples.     Ibidem,  pp.  88-93. 

279.  On  the  classification  of  certain  aorist-forms  in  Sanskrit. 
PAOS.  for  October,  =:  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp.  ccxviii-ccxx. 

280.  On  the  etymology  of  the  Sanskrit  noun  vrata.  Ibidem, 
pp.  ccxxix-ccxxxi. 

[281.]  The  study  of  Sanskrit  and  the  study  of  the  Hindu 
grammarians.  PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  11,  pp. 
cxcvii-cc.     (Cf.  No.  277.) 

[282.]  On  primary  and  secondary  suffixes  of  derivation  and 
their  exchanges.  Proc.  APA.,  pp.  xviii-xix,  in  Trans,  for 
1884.     (Cf.  No.  285.) 

[283.]  Observations  on  vowel-utterance,  by  A.  Schnyder ;  re- 
ported by  W.  D.  Whitney.     Ibidem,  pp.  xxxviii-xl. 

[284.]  Eeview  of  C.  E.  Lanman's  A  Sanskrit  reader.  Tlie 
Independent,  April  3. 

1885. 
285.    On    combination    and   adaptation  as   illustrated  by   the 
exchanges   of   primary    and   secondary   suffixes.      Trans. 
APA.  for  1884,  ])p.  111-12.3.     (Cf.  No.  282.) 


WRITINGS  OF   WILLIAM  DWIGIIT   WIIITXEY.        145 

286.  The  roots,  verb-forms,  and  primary  derivatives  of  the 
Sanskrit  language.  A  supplement  to  his  Sanskrit  gram- 
mar, by  W.  D.  W.  Leipzig  (Breitkopf  u.  Hartel),  8°, 
xiv  -f  250  pp.  (Translated  into  German  by  Prof.  H. 
Zimmer.     Ihidcm,  1885,  8°,  xv  -f  252  pp.) 

287.  The  sis-  and  6Yt-aorists  (sixth  and  seventh  aorist  forms) 
in  Sanskrit.     AJR,  vol.  6,  pp.  275-284.     (Cf.  No.  299.) 

288.  Numerical  results  from  indexes  of  Sanskrit  tense-  and 
conjugation-stems.  PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  13, 
pp.  xxxii-xxxv. 

289.  On  Professor  Ludwig's  views  respecting  total  eclipses  of 
the  sun  as  noticed  in  the  Eig-Veda.  Ibidem  for  October, 
vol.  1.3,  pp.  Ixi-lxvi. 

290.  Philology,  pt.  I.  —  Science  of  Language  in  general.  Arti- 
cle in  the  Enci/clojJcedia  Britannica,  9th  ed.,  vol.  18,  pp. 
765-780.     (Cf.  Nos.  48-56.) 

[291.]  Ptemarks  upon  H.  C.  Warren's  paper  On  superstitious 

customs   connected   with    sneezing.     PAOS.    for  May,  = 

JAOS.,  vol.  13,  p.  XX. 
[292.]  Eemarks   upon    the    origin   of    the    Laws    of    Manu. 

Ibidem,  pp.  xxx-xxxii. 
[293.]  Piemarks  upon  A.  H.  Edgren's  paper  On  the  verbs  of 

the  so-called  tan-cla.ss  in  Sanskrit.     Ibidem,  p.  xl. 
[294.]  Statement  respecting  a  recent  edition  of  the  Atharva- 

Veda,  published  in    India  (Bombay,  1884).     Ihidcm   for 

October,  p.  xlviii. 
[295.]  On  the  latest  translation  of  the  Upanishads.     Ibidem, 

pp.  Ixvii-lxxiii.     (Cf.  No.  306.) 
[296.]  Ptemarks  on  T.  D.  Ooodell's  paper  on  Quantity  in  Eng- 
lish verse.     Proc.  APA.,  pp.  vii-viii,  in  Trans,  for  1885. 
[297.]  Eemarks  on  F.  A.  March's  paper  on  The  Neo-Gramma- 

rians.     Ibidem,  p.  xxi. 
[298.]  The  roots  of  the  Sanskrit  language.     Ibidem,  pp.  xxvii- 

xxix.     (Cf.  No.  305.) 
[299.]  The  sis-  and  sa-aorists,  or  the  sixth  and  seventh  forms 

of  aorist  in   Sanskrit.     Ibidem,  pp.  xxxvii-xxxviii.     (Cf. 

No.  287.) 

10 


146  CHRONOLOGICAL   BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  THE 

[300.]  Eeviews  of  W.  W.  Kockliill's  The  life  of  the  Buddha 
(from  the  Tibetan),  and  of  A.  C.  llurnell's  The  ordinances 
of  Manu  (completed  and  edited  by  E.  W.  Hopkins).  Tlie 
Critic,  March  21. 

[301.]  Edited:  Forty  years'  record  of  the  Class  of  1845,  Wil- 
liams College.  New  Haven.  8°,  pp.  xvii  +  196.  [Pp.  iii- 
xvii,  containing  Introduction,  general  history,  and  statistics 
of  the  class,  etc.,  are  from  Mr.  Whitney's  pen.] 

[302.]  A  brief  autobiographical  sketch  published  as  a  part 
(pp.  175-182)  of  the  foregoing  number.  [This  sketch  — 
although  brief  —  is  of  importance,  inasmuch  as  the  infor- 
mation concerning  matters  of  fact  which  it  con  tarns  is 
absolutely  authentic  and  trustworthy.] 

1886. 

303.  Hindu  eschatology  and  the  Katha  Upanishad.  PAOS. 
for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  13,  pp.  ciii-cviii.  (Cf.  Nos.  322 
and  306.) 

304.  A  practical  French  grammar,  with  exercises  and  illus- 
trative sentences  from  French  authors.  New  York,  V2°, 
xiii  -}-  442  pp. 

305.  The  roots  of  the  Sanskrit  language.  Trans.  APA.  for 
1885,  pp.  5-29.     (Cf.  No.  298.) 

306.  The  Upanishads  and  their  latest  translation.  AJP.,  vol 
7,  pp.  1-26.  (Cf.  Nos.  295  ;  303  and  315  and  322  ;  320 
and  321.) 

307.  Language.  Article  in  Johnson's  Neiu  Universal  Cyclo- 
pcedia,  vol.  2,  pp.  1633-1641.  [See  the  entry  immediately 
after  No.  205.]     (Cf.  Nos.  48-56.) 

308-310.  Alphabet.  Vol.  1,  pp.  348-351.  — Africa,  Languages 
of.  Ihidcm, p.  171.  —  Aryan  Eace  and  Language.  Ibidem, 
pp.  799-802.  Articles  in  Appldon's  Kcio  American  Cyclo- 
pedia, 2d  ed.  [These  appear  to  belong  rather  to  the  year 
1873.]     (Cf.  Nos.  48-56.) 

[311.]  Review  of  T.  P.  Hughes's  A  dictionary  of  Islam.  Tlie 
Critic,  May  22. 


WRITINGS   OF    WILLIAM   DWIGHT   WHITNEY.         147 

1887. 

312.  The  method  of  phonetic  change  in  language.  Proc.  APA., 
pp.  xxxiii-xxxv,  in  Trans,  for  1886. 

313.  The  Veda.     The  Century  Marjazine,  vol.  33,  pp.  912-922. 

314.  Notes  on  part  IV.  of  Schroder's  edition  of  the  Maitrayani- 
Samhita.  PAOS.  for  October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  13,  pp. 
ccxxvi-ccxxviii. 

[315.]  (Announcement  of)  A  translation  of  the  Katha  Upani- 
shad.  Proc.  APA.,  pp.  xi-xii,  in  Trans,  for  1886.  (Cf. 
Xos.  322  and  306.) 

[316.]  On  roots.     Ibidem,  pp.  xx-xxi. 

1888. 

317.  On  the  second  volume  of  Eggeling's  translation  of  the 
Qatapatha-Brahmana.  PAOS.  for  October,  =  JAOS.,  vol. 
14,  pp.  vi-xi.     (Cf.Nos.  257,  263,  and  340.) 

1889. 

318.  On  the  r  and  ar-forms  of  Sanskrit  roots.  PAOS.  for 
October,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  14,  pp.  cxlviii-cl. 

[319.]  Second  (revised  and  extended)  edition  of  his  Sanskrit 
Grammar.  Leipzig  (Breitkopf  und  Hartel),  8°,  xxvi  -}- 
552  pp.     (Cf.  No.  226.) 

1890. 
320.  Bohtlingk's   Upanishads.      AJP.,   vol.    11,   pp.   407-439. 

[Elaborate  criticism  of  B.'s  edition  of  the  Chandogya  and 

of  the  Brhadaranyaka.]     (Cf.  No.  306.) 
[321.]  Abstract   of   No.  320.     PAOS.  for  October,  =  JAOS., 

vol.  15,  pp.  1-lviii. 

1891. 

322.  Translation  of  the  Katha  Upanishad.  Trans.  APA.  for 
1890,  pp.  88-112.     (Cf.Nos.  303  and  306.) 

323.  Open  letter  to  the  members  of  the  American  Oriental 
Society.  Privately  printed.  New  Haven,  8°,  8  pp. 
[I.   As  regards  the  de-localization  of   the  Society.  — 11. 


148  CHRONOLOGICAL   BIBLTOGRAPIIY   OF   THE 

As  regards  the  library.  —  III.   As  regards  the  "Proceed- 
ings."] 

[324.]  On  the  narrative  use  of  perfect  and  imperfect  tenses 
in  the  Brahmanas.  PAOS.  for  May,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  15, 
pp.  Ixxxv-xciv.     (Cf.  No.  330.) 

[324a.]  The  police  matron  deadlock.  The  New  Haven  News, 
July  4.  [Treats  of  a  matter  concerning  the  welfare  of  the 
municipality.] 

1889-91. 

[325.]  The  Century  Dictionary.  An  Encyclopedic  Lexicon  of 
the  English  Language.  Prepared  under  the  superintend- 
ence of  William  Dwight  Whitney,  Ph.  D.,  LL.D.,  Professor 
of  Comparative  Philology  and  Sanskrit  in  Yale  University. 
Published  by  The  Century  Co.,  New  York.  In  six  vol- 
umes, royal  quarto.  Pages  xviii  -f-  7046  (=21,138  columns) 
+  30. 

[The  preface  to  the  first  vohxme  is  dated  May  1st,  1889.  The 
supplementary  note  to  preface  is  dated  October  1st,  1891.  The 
actual  work  began,  of  course,  long  before  the  prior  date.  The  "  su- 
perintendence "  of  the  Lexicon  naturally  involved  very  far-reaching 
thought  and  planning  (pp.  22,  31,  above);  but,  in  addition  to  this, 
tlie  proofs  of  every  one  of  the  21,138  columns  were  read  by  ]\Ir. 
Whitney  himself.     See  The  Century  Magazine,  vol.  39,  p.  315.] 

1892. 

326.  On  Delbriick's  Vedic  syntax.  AJP.,  vol.  13,  pp.  271-306. 
(Cf.  No.  328.) 

327.  Max  Miiller  and  the  science  of  language:  a  criticism. 
New  York,  12°,  iii  +  79  pp. 

\^Mr.  Whitney's  list  closes  here.'] 
[328.]   On   Delbriick's   Vedic   syntax.      PAOS.   for  April,  = 

JAOS.,  vol.  15,  pp.  clx-clxxi.     (Abstract  of  No.  326.) 
[329.]  Announcement   as    to   a   second  volume  of  the   Eoth- 

Whitney  edition  of  the  Atharva-Yeda.     Ibidem,  pp.  clxxi- 

clxxiii. 
[330.]  On  the  narrative  use  of  imperfect  and  perfect  in  the 

Brahmanas.       Trans.    APA.    for    1892,   pp.    5-34.       (Cf. 

No.  324'.) 


AVIIITIXGS   OF   WILLIAM   1) WIGHT   WHITNEY.        149 

[331.]  Eeview  of  F.  Max  Miiller's  Vedic  hymns,  translated. 
(Sacred  Books  of  the  East,  vol.  32.)  The  New  Wurld, 
June,  pp.  349-351. 

1893. 

[332.]  List  of  W.  D.  W.'s  principal  writings.  Bibliographies 
of  the  inesent  officers  of  Yale  University.  (See  above,  p. 
121.) 

[333.]  The  native  commentary  to  the  Atharva-Veda,  Festgruss 
an  Both  (Stuttgart,  Kohlliammer),  pp.  89-96. 

[334.]  The  Veda  in  Painni.  Giornale  della  Societa  Asiatica 
Italiana,  vol.  7,  pp.  243-254. 

[335.]  Simplified  spelling.  A  symposium  on  the  question  "  Is 
simplified  spelling  feasible  as  proposed  by  the  English 
and  American  Philological  Societies  ?  "  XL  The  Ameri- 
can Anthropologist,  April. 

[336.]  On  recent  studies  in  Hindu  grammar.  AJR,  vol.  14, 
pp.  171-197.     (Cf.  Nos.  337  and  277.) 

[337.]  On  recent  studies  in  Hindu  grammar.  PAOS.  for  April, 
=  JAOS.,  vol.  16,  pp.  xii-xix.     (Abstract  of  No.  336.) 

1894. 
[338.]  Examples  of   sporadic  and  partial   phonetic  change  in 

English.      Brugmann   und    Streitberg's    Indogermanische 

Forschungen,  vol.  4,  pp.  32-36. 
[339.]  On  a  recent  attempt,  by  Jacobi  and  Tilak,  to  determine 

on  astronomical  evidence  the  date  of  the  earliest  Vedic 

period  as  4000  b.  c.     PAOS.  for  March,  =  JAOS.,  vol.  16, 

pp.  Ixxxii-xciv. 
[340.]  On  the  third  volume  of  Eggeling's  translation    of  the 

Qatapatha-Brahmana,  with  remarks  on  "soma  =  the  moon." 

Ibidem,  pp.  xcv-ci.     (Cf.  Nos.  257,  263,  and  317.) 


[341-359.]  After  the  foregoing  bibliography  was  in  type,  it 
appeared  desirable  to  add  to  it  the  following  numbers: 
la,  lb,  Ic,  Id  (18a  —  not  absolutely  certain),  30a,  58a, 
61a,  88a,  113a,  119a,  122a,  132a,  137a,  186a,  206,  206a, 
20Sa,  215a,  324a. 


150  CimONOLOGlCAL   lilDLIOGKAriiY. 

[360.]    The  Atharva  Veda  Sauhita,  translated    into   English 
with  a  full  critical  and  exegetical  commentary. 

[Professor  Whitney  left  a  manuscript  of  some  2459  pages  con- 
taining a  transhition  of  the  Atharva- Veda,  books  i.-xix..  com- 
plete, but  not  completely  revised.  This  translation  has  from  begin- 
ning to  end  a  running  te.xt-critical  commentary  of  great  importance 
and  value,  and  also  exegetical  and  other  notes.  It  was  the  intention 
of  Professor  Whitney  that  the  work  should  be  brought  out  in  the 
Harvard  OrieuUd  Series,  published  by  Harvard  University,  Cam- 
bridge, Massachusetts;  and  that  intention  the  Editor  of  the  Series, 
Professor  Lanman,  is  now  endeavoring  to  carry  out.  The  work 
will,  it  is  presumed,  constitute  volumes  4  and  5  of  the  Series. 

No  account,  at  once  so  systematic  and  extensive  and  complete, 
of  the  critical  status  of  any  Vedic  text,  has  ever  been  undertaken 
before ;  and  the  material  is  here  presented  in  just  such  lucid  and 
orderly  and  well-digested  form  as  the  previous  works  of  its  lamented 
author  would  lead  us  to  expect.] 


IV. 


LIST  OF  SOME  BIOGEAPHICAL,  NECEOLOGICAL, 
AND  OTHER  PUBLICATIONS  CONCERNING  PRO- 
FESSOR  WHITNEY. 

1.  By  GusTAV  Kruell,  of  East  Orange,  New  Jersey.     A  por- 

trait of  Professor  Whitney,  engraved  upon  wood,  for  C.  R. 
Lanman,  after  a  large  panel  photograph  by  L.  Alman  & 
Co.,  of  172  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York.  The  block  is  5|  by 
4|  inches. 

[One  hundred  and  fifteen  Japanese  paper  proofs  were  printed  and 
signed  by  the  artist.  Of  these,  a  part  were  sold  and  a  part 
privately  distributed.  Copies  were  sent  to  the  Libraries  of  the 
American  Oriental  Society  (New  Haven),  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society 
(London),  the  Bombay  Branch  thereof,  tlie  Lidia  Office  (London), 
the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal  (Calcutta),  the  Societe  Asiatique 
(Paris),  and  the  German  Oriental  Society  (Halle).] 

2.  By  W.  D.  Whitney.     Brief  autobiographical  sketch.     [Im- 

portant.    See  Nos.  301  and  302,  above.] 

3.  By  W.  D.  Whitney.      Bibliography   of  W.  D.  W.     (See 

No.  332.) 

4a.  [By  Professor  Charles  R.  Laxmax,  of  Harvard  L^niversity.] 
William  I) wight  Wliitney.  The  Nation  (New  York),  for 
June  14,  1894.  (Reprinted  in  8°  form  for  private  circu- 
lation.) 

4b.  By  Y[ictor]  H[exry].  Translation  of  No.  4a  into  French, 
Revue  de  lingiiistiq^ie  et  dc  philologie  comparee  (Paris), 
vol.  27,  pp.  350-357,  Oct.  15,  1894.     (See  p.  87,  above.) 


152     PUBLICATIONS  CONCERNING  rilOFESSOR  WHITNEY. 

4c.  By  Pandit  Lal.v  Chandra  Yidya  Bhaskara,  of  Jodhpur, 
Marvar,  Eajputaua,  India.  Viliyani-L)vait-Vitani-viduso 
jivana-carita-kavyam. 

[Tliis  is  a  Sanskrit  poem  narrating  the  life  and  achievements  of 
INIr.  Whitney,  and  made  from  Mr.  Lanman's  notice  numbered  4a. 
It  is  in  beautiful  manuscript,  and  makes  about  33  pages  in  folio. 
A  cojiy  was  sent  for  the  Library  of  the  American  Oriental  Society, 
another  for  Mrs.  Whitney,  and  another  for  C.  K.  Lanman.] 

5.  By  C.  R.  Lanman.     Williaui  Dwight  Whitney.     A  slightly 

modified  form  of  the  Memorial  Address  in  this  volume 
(above,  pp.  7-28),  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly  (Boston) 
for  March,  1895,  pp.  398-406.  (Reprinted  for  private 
circulation.) 

6.  By  Professor  Thomas  Day  Seymour  of  Yale   University. 

William  Dwight  Whitney.  American  Journal  of  Philology 
(Baltimore),  vol.  15  (1894),  pp.  271-298.  (Reprinted  for 
private  circulation.) 

[This  sketch  is  of  especial  value  by  reason  of  its  accuracy  and 
its  fulness  in  matters  of  fact.] 

7.  By  President  Timothy  Dwight,  of  Yale  University.     Re- 

port of  the  President  of  Yale  University  for  the  year  end- 
ing Dec.  31,  1894,  pp.  3-8. 

8.   .      Professors    William    Dwight   AVhitney   and 

James  Dwight  Dana.  Commemorative  address  l3efore  the 
graduates  of  Yale  University,  June  23,  1895,  by  President 
Dwight.     New  Haven,  1895.     8°,  pp.  24. 

9.  By  Professor   Thomas  R.  Lounsbury,  of  Yale  University. 

William  Dwight  Whitney.  Proceedings  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  (Boston),  vol.  30,  pp. 
579-589. 

10.  By  AUGUSTE  Barth,  Membre  de  I'lnstitut.  Notice  sur 
W.  Whitney.  Journal  Asiatiquc,  series  9,  vol.  4,  pp. 
177-183. 

11.  By  Professor  Francesco  d'Ovidio,  University  of  Naples. 
Commemorazione  di  G.  Whitney.  Rendiconti  della  Rccde 
Accademia  dei  Lincei,  cl.  di  scienze  morali  ecc,  series  5, 
vol.  4  (1895),  pp.  128-134. 


PUBLICATIONS  C0XCI:RXING  PROFESSOR  WHITNEY.     153 

12.  By  G.  A.  G[rierson],  Bengal  Civil  Service.  Prof.  W. 
Dwiglit  Whitney.  Indian  Antiquarij  (Bombay),  vol.  23 
(189-1),  pp.  263-264. 

13.  By  Professor  A.  V.  Williams  Jackson,  of  Columbia 
College.  William  Dwight  Whitney  and  his  influence 
on  American  philological  scholarship.  Indogei'manische 
Forschimgen,  vol.  5,  Anzeiger,  pp.  275-277. 

14.  By  Professor  A.  A.  Macdonell,  University  of  Oxford. 
Notice  in  Journcd  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society,  1894, 
pp.  610-615. 

15.  By  Dr.  Hanns  Oertel,  of  Yale  University.  A  sketch  (in 
the  German  language)  of  Whitney's  life,  followed  by  an 
ample  bibliography  (see  above,  p.  121)  of  his  writings. 
Bezzenberger's  Bcitrclge  zur  Kunde  dcr  Indogermanischen 
Sprachen,  vol.  20,  pp.  308-331. 

16.  By  Professor  Domenico  Pezzi,  University  of  Turin.  Com- 
memorazione  di  Guglielmo  Dwight  Whitney.  Atti  delta 
Eeale  Accademia  dellc  Scienze  di  Torino,  vol.  30,  June  30, 
1895. 

17.  By  Dr.  Eeinhold  Eost,  sometime  Librarian  of  the  India 
Office,  London.  Professor  W.  D.  Whitney.  The  Athc- 
nceiim  (London),  June  23,  1894,  p.  805. 

18.  By  [Professor]  A.  H.  S[ayce],  University  of  Oxford.  Pro- 
fessor Whitney.  The  Academy  (London),  June  16,  1894, 
pp.  499-500. 

19.  By  Professor  Albrecht  Weber,  University  of  Berlin. 
Gedenkworte  flir  W.  D.  Whitney.  Actes  du  JT*  congres 
international  des  orientalistcs,  tenu  en  1894  it  Geneve.  Sec- 
tion I.     (^Inde.')     Leiden,  1895. 

20.  By .     Beilage  zur  allgemeinen  Zeitung  (Munich),  June 

11,  1894,  No.  132,  p.  7. 


Y. 

TITLES  OF  SEYEEAL  BOOKS  CONCERNING  THE 
FAMILY  AND  KINDRED  OF  PROFESSOR  WHIT- 
NEY. 

1.  The  history  of  the  descendants  of  John  Dwight,  of  Dedhani, 

Mass.  By  Benjamin  Woodbridge  Dwight.  Printed  for 
the  anthor.  New  York,  1874  2  vols.  8°,  paged  continu- 
ously, xxix+  1144  pages. 

2.  Whitney.     The  descendants  of   John  Whitney,  who  came 

from  London,  England,  to  Watertown,  Massachusetts,  in 
1635.  By  Frederick  Clifton  Pierce.  Published  by 
the  author  at  Chicago,  Illinois,  1895.  Royal  8°.  Pages 
692. 

3.  The  ancestry  of  John  Whitney,  who,  with  his  wife  Elinor, 

and  sons  John,  Richard,  Nathaniel,  Thomas,  and  Jonathan, 
emigrated  from  London,  England,  in  the  year  1635,  and 
settled  in  Watertown,  Massachusetts  ;  the  first  of  the  name 
in  America,  and  the  one  from  whom  a  great  majority 
of  the  Wliitneys  now  li\dng  in  the  United  States  are 
descended.  By  Henry  Melyille,  of  the  city  of  New 
York.  New  York:  Printed  at  the  De  Vinne  Press,  1896. 
Pages  295. 

["John  was  a  great-grandson  of  Sir  Robert  Whitney,  of  Whit- 
ney, dubbed  a  knight  the  day  after  Queen  Mary's  coronation, 
October  2,  1553."] 


I 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 
or  to  the 
NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

•  2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 
(510)642-6753 

•  1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing 
books  to  NRLF 

•  Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4 
days  prior  to  due  date. 


Jb 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


KIAR  0  6  2001 


APR  0  2  2004 


12,000(11/95) 


UC    BFRKELTY  UBRARIES 


CDDfi7DSflD7 


"1 


f/ 


i 


I 


^1 


\    ' 


^  t    ' 


I 


